Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Diversified / NatWest Group

NatWest Group

nwg · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker nwg
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Diversified
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · NatWest Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
NORTHUMBRIAN WATER LIMITED 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND 
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

Registered company  
no: 02366703

CONTENTS

Chairman’s statement 

Chief Executive Officer’s report 

STRATEGIC REPORT

Business overview 

Business strategy and outcomes 

Performance 

Financial performance and structure 

Principal risks and uncertainties 

GOVERNANCE REPORT

Senior Independent Non-Executive Director’s Report 

Corporate governance 

Directors’ report 

STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Primary statements 

Notes to the statutory financial statements 

Independent auditor’s report to the members 
of Northumbrian Water Limited 

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

Introduction 

Directors’ responsibilities and declarations 

Regulatory accounting statements 

Independent auditor’s report to the Water Services Regulation  
Authority and Directors of Northumbrian Water Limited 

Our performance in 2015-16 

Other regulatory information 

33

page 04

page 06

page 11

page 14

page 16

page 32

page 36

page 44

page 45

page 54

page 60

page 65

page 101 

page 106

page 110

page 112

page 145 

page 148

 page 192

 
 
CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT

I am pleased to introduce the combined Financial Statements 
and Annual Performance Report (APR) of Northumbrian 
Water Limited (NWL or the Company) for the year ended 
31 March 2016.

There are a number of changes in our reporting this 
year, combining what have previously been two separate 
documents, the Accounts and the APR, into a single 
document, transitioning to new international accounting 
standards and reporting under revised regulatory 
guidelines set out by the Water Service Regulation 
Authority (Ofwat). 

Alongside this report, we will again be publishing 
additional information about our performance and 
governance arrangements in a more customer friendly 
style on our website.

NWL continues to strive to become the national leader  
in the provision of sustainable water and wastewater 
services and our Chief Executive Officer (CEO), Heidi 
Mottram, confirms in her report that we have made  
steady progress across most of our key measures of 
success during 2015-16. NWL is absolutely committed  
to consistent delivery of outstanding customer service, 
and operational excellence remains central to this.  
The Board works closely with the executive to ensure that 
the Company delivers continuous improvements in the 
key areas of customer service and in health, safety and 
environmental performance.

People continue to be one of our strategic themes and 
a full Health and Safety (H&S) update is the first item we 
consider on each Board agenda. This is a top priority for 
the Board, which reviews the H&S updates carefully and 
invests significant time with the Company’s management 
to ensure that the H&S strategy for 2016 to 2020 will 
deliver even better performance. The environment is 
another important strategic theme and the Board reviews 
environmental performance at each Board meeting. 
The Strategic Report, below, sets out our very sound 
environmental performance in more detail.

The Company’s excellent customer service and 
operational performance are supported by the high 

Andrew J Hunter

corporate governance standards maintained by the 
Board, which has regard to the principles underpinning 
the UK Corporate Governance Code (UK CGC) as 
required by the Company’s Instrument of Appointment 
(the Licence). Whilst the Board does not consider that 
full compliance with all the detailed provisions of the UK 
CGC is practicable, given that NWL is privately owned, 
or is necessary for sound governance, the Board has 
embraced the key elements of the UK CGC’s principles. 
The Corporate Governance report (on page 45) describes 
and explains some minor aspects of the UK CGC which 
we have chosen not to fully adopt. The Company also 
has in place a further governance code, developed after 
discussions with Ofwat, which balances the legitimate 
interests of all stakeholders. Compliance with this code is 
reported on page 53 of this document.

The Board functions as an integrated whole and each 
director understands his or her individual responsibility 
to act in the best interests of the Company, as well as the 
importance of the service provided to our customers 
and our environmental responsibilities. All directors play 
a full part in Board meetings and shape the Company’s 
strategy, as well as ensuring that customers’ interests 
are central to investment and operational decisions. The 
involvement of our Independent Non-Executive Directors 
(INEDs) is critically important to NWL’s governance and 
the Company has four, rather than the three required by its 
Licence. Paul Rew, our Senior INED, confirms in his report 
that the INEDs are fully involved in all the main aspects of 
NWL’s governance and participate in the Board meetings 
of our holding company, Northumbrian Water Group 
Limited (NWGL).

The Board, supported by the Risk & Compliance 
Committee, has ultimate responsibility for risk 
management and determines risk appetite. The Risk & 
Compliance Committee receives regular updates on the 
top-rated risks and priorities for assurance and conducts 
‘deep-dives’ into key areas of risk. On the Board’s behalf 
the Risk & Compliance Committee has conducted a robust 
assessment of the principal risks facing the Company. 
One notable recent event was the UK voting to leave the 
European Union (EU), and the Board is closely monitoring 
the resultant uncertainty in the financial markets and 
assessing potential impacts on the Company. These risks, 
and how they are managed, are described on page 36 of 
the Strategic Report.

As Heidi confirms in her report, the Company’s 
preparations for the opening of the non-household retail 
market in 2017 are well advanced. NWL is working very 
hard to ensure that it will be an effective and efficient 
wholesaler of those services once the market opens,  
whilst continuing to provide first class services to its 
domestic customers.

I can assure our stakeholders that NWL’s responsibilities  
as a significant supplier of water and wastewater services 
are recognised fully by the directors and influence all  
key decisions.

The Board will continue to drive the performance of the 
Company forward to ensure that all our customers are 
delighted with our services in 2016-17 and beyond.

Andrew J Hunter 
Chairman

4
4

5
5
5

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S REPORT

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S REPORT

CHIEF EXECUTIVE 
OFFICER’S REPORT

I am pleased to introduce our annual report on our 
performance for the year ended 31 March 2016. Whilst this 
has been the first year of a new regulatory cycle, our vision 
to be the national leader in the provision of sustainable water 
and wastewater services, our business outcomes and our 
values remain constant. I am delighted that we have shown 
steady improvement across the majority of our key measures 
of success and remain at the forefront of performance in 
our industry.

Customers are at the heart of our business and this 
year we have worked with our customers, as well as our 
employees and supply chain partners, to develop our new 
‘Living Water, Loving Customers’ strategy. This strategy 
focuses on those areas that our customers have told us are 
their important priorities. We are also progressing well 
with the implementation of our new integrated customer 
care and billing system. I am confident that these initiatives 
will help us to achieve our aim of delivering an unrivalled 
customer experience.

In our water business we continue to provide a reliable 
supply of clean water, continuing our industry leading 
performance on interruptions to supply and award 
winning approach to water efficiency. We were delighted 
to have Sir David Attenborough officially open Abberton 
reservoir, the culmination of many years of effort and 
investment to secure water supplies to Essex for decades 
to come. Sir David was impressed with how a project to 
deliver economic sustainability had also added value to 
the environment and biodiversity.

Ensuring the security of our water supply against a 
backdrop of changing climate and increasing population 
requires long term planning and we are proud to have 
been able to work with other water companies to lead the 
development of the new national water framework.

The quality of the water we produce remains exceptionally 
high and we have continued to make great strides tackling 
discolouration of water and in our catchment management 
approach to reducing pesticides in our water resources.

6
6

Heidi Mottram

In our wastewater business reducing sewer flooding 
remains one of our highest business priorities and I’m 
pleased that we have seen a further reduction in flooding 
incidents this year. We are working with a number of 
partners to promote innovative and sustainable urban 
drainage solutions to reduce the long term flooding risks. 
We were pleased to host visits from the Chief Executives of 
Ofwat and the Environment Agency (EA), as well as senior 
water officials at the Department for Environment Food & 
Rural Affairs (DEFRA), to one such scheme where we have 
worked with the EA to provide a holistic and multi-agency 
solution, including diverting a small river, which is helping 
to protect hundreds of properties.

Our wastewater treatment continues to be industry leading 
and we remain the first and only wastewater company in 
the UK to use 100% of the sludge remaining after sewage 
treatment to produce renewable energy at two thermal 
hydrolysis Advanced Anaerobic Digestion (AAD) plants. 
In December 2014, at one plant, we also began to clean 
and transform the biogas from the AAD process into 
biomethane for injection to the gas distribution network. 
Through 2015 this has continued to contribute to the 
proportion of renewable gas in the national gas grid, 
supporting the long term sustainability of the nation’s  
gas supply and reducing the carbon footprint of the UK  
as a whole.

Innovative approaches such as this are leading to step 
changes in our industry and we have been actively 
contributing to Ofwat’s thinking on Water 2020 and 
their ‘Marketplace For Ideas’ to explore other creative 
approaches to future challenges.

Sadly, many parts of the world still face challenges on 
the very basics of water supply and sanitation and I 
was fortunate enough to have the opportunity to travel 
to Malawi to see first hand the incredible work that 
WaterAid, the charity we co-founded in 1981, carries 
out. The charity’s whole philosophy is based on creating 
sustainability in the villages they work with, bringing clean 
water and good health which enables the children to go to 
school, get educated and improve their chances of having 
a great life. Experiences like this really do put things into 
perspective and emphasise how lucky we are to live in this 
country and have the resources that are available to us.

Looking forward, the opening of the competitive market 
in 2017 is coming ever closer, when all non-household 
customers will be able to choose their retail supplier. Our 
preparations are well advanced and I am confident that 
we will be ready for market opening in April 2017 for both 
our wholesale and retail operations. Whilst, as NWL we will 
exit the non-household retail market, our parent company, 
NWGL, intends to compete in this retail market through 
its separate subsidiary, NWG Business Limited (NWGBL), 
building on our existing expertise and reputation.

Further ahead, the Government has asked the water 
industry regulator, Ofwat, to investigate the cost and 
benefits of extending retail competition to household 
customers. We agree that customers must be central to the 
future development of the water industry. We are already 
deeply committed to engaging with our customers in 
building our future plans and I am delighted to welcome 
Jim Dixon as the new independent chair of our Water 
Forum customer challenge group. Jim has a wealth of 
experience which he will use to challenge our plans 
and ensure that we remain focused on the needs of our 
customers and other stakeholder groups. I look forward 
to working with him over the coming years as we develop 
our future plans.

Although we have just completed the first year of the 
current price control period, we are already planning 
ahead to the next price review and are pleased that Ofwat 
has already published many key aspects of its intended 
regulatory approach through its Water 2020 programme. 
Whilst more information is required to understand the 
potential impact of some of these changes, we are keen to 
continue to engage with Ofwat as its approach develops.

Whilst we are proud of what we have achieved, we are 
never complacent and will continue to make further 
service improvements in 2016-17 and beyond. I hope you 
find our financial statements and Annual Performance 
Report (APR) helpful and informative.

H Mottram OBE 
Chief Executive Officer (CEO)

7
7
7

STRATEGIC 
REPORT

STRATEGIC REPORT

STRATEGIC REPORT

FOR THE  
YEAR ENDED 
31 MARCH 2016

BUSINESS OVERVIEW

NWL is one of ten regulated Water and Sewerage  
Companies (WASCs) in England and Wales, operating in  
the north east of England, trading as Northumbrian Water 
(NW), and in the south east of England, trading as Essex  
& Suffolk Water (ESW).

In the north east, the business comprises the supply of 
both potable and raw water and the collection, treatment 
and disposal of sewage and sewage sludge, serving 2.7 
million people in the major population centres of Tyneside, 
Wearside and Teesside as well as the large rural areas of 
Northumberland and County Durham. We provide only 
wastewater services in Hartlepool.

In the south, we supply water services to 1.5 million 
people in Essex and 0.3 million in Suffolk. Our Essex 
area is part rural and part urban and includes the main 
population centres of Chelmsford, Southend and the 
London Boroughs of Barking and Dagenham and Havering 
and Redbridge. Our Suffolk area is mainly rural with the 
largest towns being Great Yarmouth and Lowestoft.

NWL operates within a strict regulatory environment. 
Ofwat regulates prices and levels of customer service, 
while the Drinking Water Inspectorate (DWI) monitors 
drinking water quality and the EA covers environmental 
protection. Customers’ interests are represented by the 
Consumer Council for Water (CCWater).

NWL owns a number of subsidiary companies which  
carry out financing activities on behalf of the Company 
(see note 10 of the Statutory Financial Statements) which, 
together with the Company, form the NWL group.

NWL’s immediate parent company is NWGL. CK Hutchison 
Holdings Limited (CKHH), a company listed on the Hong 
Kong Stock Exchange, is the ultimate pavrent undertaking 
and controlling party of NWGL and, therefore, NWL. 
Further information about the structure and ownership 
of NWGL is provided on page 32 in the financial 
performance and structure section of this report.

1010

11
11

 
 
 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT

STRATEGIC REPORT

REGULATORY AND 
LEGISLATIVE DEVELOPMENTS

CHANGES IN FINANCIAL REPORTING

WATER 2020

The financial statements within this report have been 
produced under Financial Reporting Standard (FRS) 101 
for the first time, which adopts International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRS) with some permitted reduced 
disclosures. This replaces the previously applied UK 
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (UK GAAP), 
in accordance with FRS 100, issued by the Financial 
Reporting Council (FRC). FRS 100 required all UK 
companies to transition to either IFRS, with reduced 
disclosures under FRS 101 for eligible entities, or FRS 102, 
a new UK GAAP based on similar principles to IFRS. The 
transition from UK GAAP to IFRS is described in notes 1a 
and 24 of the Statutory Financial Statements.

CHANGES IN REGULATORY REPORTING

In February 2015, after a period of consultation, Ofwat 
published revised regulatory reporting requirements and 
accounting guidelines, effective from 1 April 2015. We 
report against these requirements in our APR on pages 
105 to 209, and also explain the assurance that we have 
obtained on this information.

Within the APR we report information against the 
four separate price controls, for wholesale water and 
wastewater and for household and non-household retail, 
set in our Final Determination (FD) of prices for 2015 to 
2020, which we received from Ofwat in December 2014. 
As part of this FD we also agreed our business outcome 
statements, measures of success and outcome delivery 
incentives for the period.

The business outcomes were developed in consultation 
with our customers and stakeholders, and express the  
high level objectives that our actions are intended to 
deliver. They represent what customers and society  
value in the long term. We report on our progress against 
our outcomes within the Business Performance section  
of this report and in ‘Our Performance in 2015-16’ in  
the APR. Further information is available on our  
websites (www.nwl.co.uk, www.eswater.co.uk and  
www.welivewater.co.uk).

In addition to the APR requirements, Ofwat has issued 
a number of documents during the year outlining its 
expectations of companies in respect of: a monitoring 
framework for reporting of non-financial performance; 
transparency of reporting on corporate governance 
matters; and how companies demonstrate long term 
financial resilience. In response, we have further 
strengthened our approach on each of these areas  
within this report.

12
12

Although we are reporting on only the first year of the 
current five year price control period, we are already 
looking ahead to the next price control review for 2020 
to 2025 (PR19). In December 2015, Ofwat published a 
consultation on the ‘Regulatory Framework for Wholesale 
Markets and the 2019 Price Review’, to which we 
responded positively.

Following this, in May 2016, Ofwat published ‘Water 
2020: our regulatory approach for water and wastewater 
services in England and Wales’. This confirmed some  
key changes to the approach to be taken at PR19 
including separate price controls for water resources and 
sewage sludge, moving from Retail Prices Index (RPI) to 
Consumer Prices Index (CPI) indexation for customer 
bills and 50% of Regulatory Capital Value (RCV) growth, 
greater customer engagement and understanding and an 
increased focus on long term operational resilience.

We will continue to engage with Ofwat as its approach 
develops.

RETAIL COMPETITION

The Water Act 2014 created a competitive market for retail 
water and wastewater services for all non-households 
with a target date for market opening of April 2017. We 
have proactively engaged with this process through our 
involvement with the Open Water programme and, more 
recently, with Market Operator Services Limited (MOSL), 
of which NWL was one of the three founding members.

Ofwat has published an integrated plan for the opening 
of the retail water market on its website. The plan sets out 
the various key activities that need to be undertaken by 
DEFRA, Ofwat, MOSL and all trading parties, including 
existing water companies and new entrants, in order to 
implement the new market. One important strand of the 
plan is the assurance framework developed to provide 
confidence that the market and companies will be ready 
for market opening.

Our preparations for the opening of this market are well 
advanced in terms of process, systems and organisational 
development, from both a wholesaler and retailer 
perspective. The Board provided its first assurance letter 
to MOSL and Ofwat on the effectiveness of our plans in 
February 2016. We are confident that we will be able to 
provide the further assurance letters required in respect 
of interim preparation, in October 2016, and market 
readiness, in February 2017. 

NWGL intends to compete in the non-household retail market and its separate subsidiary, NWGBL, will seek to enter  
the market as a retailer.

In November 2015, HM Treasury announced that Ofwat will provide an assessment of the costs and benefits of 
extending retail competition to household water customers by summer 2016. In response to Ofwat’s call for evidence, 
we commissioned a report to identify lessons to be learned from competition in the energy retail market and jointly 
commissioned a study into potential impacts on vulnerable customers. We strongly support Ofwat’s statement that  
the review be evidence based and believe that customers’ views should be at the heart of the review. 

WATER FORUMS

The insight and challenge provided by our Water Forum stakeholder groups was 
fundamental to the development of our business plan for the 2015 to 2020 price control 
review (PR14). Since then we have carried out a comprehensive review of the role of 
the Water Forums, taking account of the views of existing Forum members, customers, 
Ofwat and the Company. Led by our new independent Water Forum Chair, Jim Dixon, 
we have determined that the Forums will be more clearly focused on outcomes for 
customers, rather than the regulatory agenda. They will play a key part in our customer 
and stakeholder engagement strategies.

Jim has had a long career in countryside management, public administration and 
heritage management. He has held senior roles in the RSPB, Natural England’s 
predecessor organisations and within DEFRA and, for four years, led the 15 UK National 

Jim Dixon

Parks. He has appointed other members as theme leads and the first meeting of the new Water Forum took place  
in July 2016. He has made the following statement in respect of his appointment.

“I am delighted to have been appointed as the Independent Chair of the Northumbrian and Essex  

& Suffolk Water Forums. The Forums have an important role to play in helping to assure that NWL is supplying 
as good a service to its customers as possible. Whilst this is a well-run Company, there is always room 
for improvement. The operating environment, customer’s expectations and the regulatory world change 
constantly. A company like NWL has to adjust, grow and respond to its customers’ ever-changing needs.

The Forums are a way in which constructive challenge can be brought to the company’s work. By bringing 
together a range of experts, such as people from business, communities, agencies and the voluntary sector,  
a range of perspectives can come together to examine the company’s performance. Whether it is the 
company’s indicators of sustainable development, or its annual performance report or plans for stakeholder 
engagement, the Forums can bring a critical eye to bear.

I have been very impressed so far with the professionalism of all of the staff that I have met. My first 
impressions are of a commitment to serving customers, of working together as one team and being a good 
partner to other organisations and the community. As the Forums develop, I want to test out these impressions 
and use data and the expertise of other Forum members to probe and test the assumptions, plans and 
performance of Northumbrian Water Limited.”

Jim Dixon 
Chair of the Water Forums

13
13

 
STRATEGIC REPORT

STRATEGIC REPORT

OUTCOMES RS with bleed.pdf   1   22/04/2016   14:50

BUSINESS STRATEGY 
AND OUTCOMES

NWL’s vision is to ‘be the national leader in the provision 
of sustainable water and wastewater services’. We want 
to continue to deliver value to customers and other 
stakeholders by focusing on our core competencies of water 
and wastewater management.

We have underpinned our drive to be the best 
with five strategic themes, Competitiveness, 
Customer, People, Environment and 
Communities, described below, and achieving 
the right balance between them is essential 
to our success and reputation. Our business 
outcomes are aligned to these themes and 
encapsulate our long-term goals and what we 
aim to achieve. We have 12 delivery outcomes, 
which cover our strategic themes of Customer, 
Environment and Competitiveness, and a 
further seven enabling outcomes which cover 
our strategic themes of Communities, People 
and our overall reputation.

OUR VALUES

As important as our clear direction and goals is our clear sense 
of values. We have made a commitment to five core values, 
described below, and these are the principles which define 
how we will work to achieve the vision.

One team – we work together consistently, promoting 
co-operation, to achieve our corporate objectives.

Customer focused – we aim to exceed the expectations 
of our external and internal customers.

Results driven – we take personal responsibility for 
achieving excellent business results.

Creative – we continuously strive for innovative and 
better ways to deliver our business.

Ethical – we are open and honest in meeting our 
commitments, with a responsible approach to the 
environment and our communities.

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

14
14

15
15

STRATEGIC REPORT

STRATEGIC REPORT

PERFORMANCE

In order to measure delivery of the Company business  
plan and goals, we use a balanced scorecard of Key 
Performance Indicators (KPIs) covering the full range  
of our strategic themes.

We set our targets on a path to deliver our national leader vision, which means that they are often more stretching than 
our regulatory performance commitments. We are pleased that we have shown steady improvement across the majority 
of our key measures of success and continue to demonstrate industry leading performance in many areas, for example, 
water supply interruptions. The table opposite details actual performance against the balanced scorecard KPIs and our 
future targets.

In order to ensure alignment of the management team, this balanced scorecard represents 90% of the criteria 
contributing to their annual bonus, with a further 10% available for the achievement of bespoke personal targets. Further 
information about the executive Directors’ remuneration is provided in the Statement of Directors’ Pay and Standards of 
Performance on pages 137 to 146 of the APR.

On the table opposite, targets which are measured on a calendar year basis (denoted by C in the table) reflect the 
performance period January to December 2015. Targets which are measured on a regulatory year basis (denoted by R 
in the table) reflect the performance period April 2015 to March 2016.

In order to reflect our customers’ priorities, we have made one change to the scorecard measures for 2016-17 which is to 
replace Just an Hour participation with category 1 and 2 pollution incidents.

The targets opposite are internal measures set at stretching levels so as to drive year on year performance 
improvements. In addition to the KPIs opposite, we measure our performance against each of our outcomes through 
a range of Measures of Success (MoS). As part of our PR14 FD, some of these measures include Performance 
Commitments (PCs) and levels of performance that will attract either a reward or penalty at PR19. Table 3A of the APR 
reports our performance on all of our MoS and shows that we achieved the vast majority of our PCs in 2015-16.

The following sections provide an update on our progress against our business outcomes, grouped under our 
strategic themes.

16
16

ACTUAL PERFORMANCE AGAINST THE KPI TARGETS AND FUTURE TARGETS

2015-16 

2016-17 

SCORECARD MEASURE

PERFORMANCE 
PERIOD

TARGET

PERFORMANCE

ACHIEVED

TARGET

COMPETITIVENESS

Group EBIT

Group cash available for distribution

CUSTOMER

Customer satisfaction

- SIM qualitative score

- SIM quantitative score

Water supply interruptions >3 hours 
(average minutes per property)

Mean zonal compliance

Repeat sewer flooding (properties)

PEOPLE

Employee engagement score

Lost time reportable accidents (no.)

ENVIRONMENT

Leakage (Mld)

- NW

- ESW

Pollution incidents category 1 & 2

STW failing LUT consent (%)

COMMUNITIES

BITC CR Index

Just an Hour (employee participation)

C

C

R

R

R

C

R

C

C

C

C

C

C

R

C

budget

budget

not achieved

achieved

no

yes

budget

budget

>=4.65

<=85.0

<=5.00

>=99.9

<=269

>=81%

<=3

<=141

<=66

n/a

0

4*

>=50%

4.38

95.7

3.20

99.96

82

74%

7

135

62

n/a

1

4*

53%

no

no

yes

yes

yes

no

no

yes

yes

n/a

no

>=4.7

<=80.0

<=4.00

>=99.97

<=96

>=81%

<=3

<=127

<=61.8

<=1

0

yes

yes

4*

removed

17
17

 
STRATEGIC REPORT

STRATEGIC REPORT

CUSTOMER

Our aim is to deliver an unrivalled customer experience 
in line with our vision and values. We measure this through 
a range of customer surveys, either carried out for the 
whole sector on behalf of Ofwat or CCWater, or that we 
commission directly.

SERVICE INCENTIVE MECHANISM (SIM)

CUSTOMER SATISFACTION

Ofwat’s SIM measures our customers’ experience of 
dealing with us and provides a good indication of how  
well we are serving those customers who have had a 
reason to contact us. The SIM measure has changed this 
year to place a greater emphasis on the quality of the 
customer experience, from first point of contact to the 
resolution of the issue, and is now based on customer 
satisfaction levels for all inbound customer contact to  
NWL. We welcome this change because we believe 
customers’ views of performance are more representative 
of customer experience than quantitative measures, such 
as the number of unwanted contacts. 

Our SIM score for 2015-16 was 83.64, placing us fourth  
of the ten WASCs. This was disappointing as we were 
placed second after the initial three quarterly surveys 
but scored lower in the fourth and final wave of surveys. 
We are reviewing the feedback received very carefully 
and will take full account of the learning points as we 
work towards our goal of providing the best customer 
experience in the industry.

WE PROVIDE 
EXCELLENT 
SERVICE AND 
IMPRESS OUR 
CUSTOMERS

To satisfy our customers we need to understand what 
they value in terms of water and wastewater services, 
complaint resolution and communications. We establish 
expectations through extensive engagement with 
customers and ask around 10,000 customers each week 
what they think of our service. 

A high level of customer satisfaction has been confirmed 
through our quarterly tracking research, undertaken for 
us by an independent company. Our current customers’ 
overall satisfaction level of 8.5 is the best we have achieved 
since the research tracking programme started. We also 
benchmark our customers’ satisfaction outside the water 
industry through our Net Promoter Score (NPS), which 
measures customer advocacy, the loyalty that exists 
between us and our customers. Our NPS has continued to 
improve year on year, improving from +42 to +49 in 2015, 
ranking us alongside many high profile household names.

OUR CUSTOMERS 
CONSIDER THE 
SERVICES THEY 
RECEIVE TO 
BE VALUE 
FOR MONEY

We are also investing in our systems and processes to 
support the service that we provide to our customers. 
During the year, we have invested in a new Voice of the 
Customer system, which enables customers to provide 
real time feedback on our customer service. This 
feedback is then shared with our people at an individual 
level providing a great opportunity to understand and 
improve the customer service they offer.

The implementation of our new integrated customer care 
and billing system is progressing well. This programme  
of work, which we have called ONCE (Our New Customer 
Experience), will replace our existing billing, collection 
and customer contact systems, enhancing our ability to 
deliver great customer service. We are on track to use the 
new system to deliver our wholesale operation to business 
customers upon the opening of the competitive market 
in April 2017. We will then deliver household billing in 
October 2017 and operational contact in April 2018.

SUPPORTPLUS

We understand that there are times when some of our 
customers can find themselves in a difficult financial 
situation. To help provide the best possible customer 
service at all times, we have developed a partnership  
with the national debt charity StepChange, who 
complement our vision and work creatively with us to 
deliver against our customers’ priorities.

We worked with StepChange to design our SupportPlus 
tariffs, which we launched in January 2015. These schemes 
incentivise customers to get back into the payment habit 
and StepChange provides support, advice and access to 
these support packages. In 2015 more than 2,000 of our 
customers received advice and support to help manage 
debt from StepChange. We continued to expand and 
develop our activity in this area with our customer teams 
receiving specialist training from the charity and being 
able to directly refer customers to StepChange, giving 
time for the customer to work with StepChange to achieve 
an action plan and debt solution.

OUR CUSTOMERS 
ARE WELL 
INFORMED ABOUT 
THE SEVICES THEY 
RECEIVE AND THE 
VALUE OF WATER

VALUE FOR MONEY

We use two surveys to help us assess whether our 
customers think we offer good value for money.

Each year CCWater asks customers for their views about 
the services they receive from their water and sewerage 
company and the value for money of those services. The 
most recent national results, published in 2016, showed 
that a high proportion of customers in the Northumbrian 
region continued to be satisfied with their water and 
sewerage services, though satisfaction reduced in the 
Eastern region, which includes ESW. We are working hard 
to improve the satisfaction score.

We also commission independent surveys which showed 
an improvement in the value for money score from 8.1 
in 2014 to 8.2 in 2015. In terms of keeping customers 
informed, at the end of 2015, 94% of our customers told  
us that they are supplied with all the information they want 
to feel informed about our services. This has increased  
by 3% since it was first included in our tracking research 
in 2014.

LIVING WATER, LOVING CUSTOMERS

During 2015, we have worked with our customers, 
employees and supply chain partners to develop our  
new strategy to deliver an unrivalled customer 
experience, in line with our vision and values. Our 
strategy, ‘Living Water, Loving Customers’, expresses  
our customer service ethos as a core element of our  
brand and culture. It addresses those areas that our 
customers have told us are important priorities, including 
taking personal ownership for customers’ problems, 
keeping our promises, making things easy for customers 
and showing each customer that they are special.

18
18

19
19

STRATEGIC REPORT

STRATEGIC REPORT

WE PROVIDE  
A RELIABLE 
AND SUFFICIENT 
SUPPLY OF WATER 

WE SUPPLY CLEAN, 
CLEAR DRINKING 
WATER THAT 
TASTES GOOD

WATER QUALITY

Our strategy for drinking water quality remains focused on both public health and customer confidence and our overall 
drinking water compliance remains extremely high at 99.96%. In total we carried out around 128,000 tests companywide 
at customer taps and only 29 failed to meet strict quality standards, but importantly with no risk to public health. Our aim 
is to reduce the number of water quality compliance failures further, through a combination of improved water treatment 
and targeted maintenance of the network.

Another driver of improving water quality performance is our approach to catchment management. We work actively 
with farmers and other land managers to prevent or reduce pesticides, such as metaldehyde, entering the rivers 
supplying our treatment works. We have extended our catchment activities to include proactive abstraction management, 
identifying peaks in pesticides in rivers and reacting quickly to change when we abstract water for our treatment 
processes. The number of metaldehyde failures has subsequently been significantly reduced from 94 in 2013 to only  
one in 2015. 

CLEAN CLEAR WATER THAT TASTES GOOD

Since 2005 we have had an ongoing programme of work in place with DWI to reduce discoloured water in our NW 
region. This has been delivered through a major programme of large diameter trunk main cleansing, which will be 
completed in November 2016, supported by other innovations such as unidirectional district metering area flushing, 
pipeline management to condition higher risk large mains and the development of two operational training centres.  
This programme has reduced discoloured water contacts from 14,000 in 2005 to our best ever performance of 2,923  
in 2015. We aim to continue with our strategy to improve performance further for our customers through reducing 
sources of discolouration, such as manganese, and continuing proactive flushing of our network.

The taste and odour of our tap water is really important to our customers. We have undertaken research with our 
customers and with internal service teams to examine their experiences of taste and odour issues. This has allowed us 
to carry out a number of initiatives to improve satisfaction, including improvements in treatment and in communication, 
contributing to a reduction in contact on taste and odour issues in 2015.

RELIABLE WATER SUPPLY

We have further improved our industry leading 
performance on minimising water supply interruptions 
to only 3 minutes and 20 seconds per property served 
in 2015-16 for interruptions greater than three hours. 
We achieved this by providing alternative temporary 
supplies where appropriate and through significantly 
improved operational response. This was supported by 
our lowest ever number of water mains bursts. We attribute 
this improvement to our early proactive interventions to 
monitor and improve the condition of our water supply 
network, alongside favourable weather conditions.

The level of leakage from our network was significantly 
lower than the PCs agreed in our final determination for 
both our NW and ESW operating areas. We achieved this 
by monitoring the condition of our network proactively and 
responding swiftly to water mains bursts.

During 2015-16, 221 properties were classed as 
experiencing poor water pressure, only slightly higher 
than our PC of 216. We address properties that fail the 
pressure standard either within the year in which they 
fail or through longer term planning or investment. 
This usually involves the installation of short lengths of 
additional pipe, small pumping stations, or reconfiguring 
our water supply network.

LONGER TERM RESILIENCE

The Security of Supply Index (SoSI) measures our capacity 
to maintain reliable supplies of water in periods of 
drought. The SoSI for both our operating regions remained 
at 100% in 2015-16, supported by Kielder Reservoir in our 
NW region and the extension to Abberton Reservoir in the 
ESW region.

We have continued to actively promote water efficiency 
across our operating regions, successfully delivering our 
whole-town approach called ‘Every Drop Counts’ in Grays, 
Essex and Berwick upon Tweed, Northumberland. In both 
locations the higher level of customer awareness led to 
greater water savings than carrying out single projects in a 
number of different locations. Our work on water efficiency 
has again been recognised with awards for our H2eco 
Analysis research programme, #watersavingselfie social 
media campaign and Bourne Leisure Holiday Park retrofit 
scheme at the 2016 Waterwise Awards.

20
20

21
21

STRATEGIC REPORT

STRATEGIC REPORT

WE PROVIDE 
A SEWERAGE 
SERVICE 
THAT DEALS 
EFFECTIVELY  
WITH SEWAGE  
AND HEAVY 
RAINFALL

SEWER FLOODING

Internal sewer flooding is undoubtedly one of the worst 
experiences our customers can have and reducing 
sewer flooding remains one of our highest business 
priorities. Following on from our strong internal sewer 
flooding performance in the previous year, we have 
seen a further reduction in internal, external and repeat 
flooding incidents across our network in 2015-16. Whilst 
this improvement in performance is excellent, it is 
important to note that this is a volatile measure that can be 
influenced in any year by the extent of wet weather and 
intense storms. However, we are confident that our work is 
gradually making our sewerage system more resilient to 
the extremes of weather.

We have also continued to improve our operational 
processes to greatly improve the service we provide 
to our customers following a sewer flooding incident. 
This includes accelerating the investigation process and 
providing property protection measures for customers 
whilst feasibility studies and design work is carried out.

The number of sewer collapses reduced further in 2015-
16 and we expect it to continue to be industry-leading 
when results are published. To reduce the risk from 
blockages, we have increased sewer lining to address tree 
root intrusion, sewer cleansing and sewer inspections. We 
also use bacillius bacteria in some areas of the network to 
combat fat, oil and grease issues.

We are always looking for innovative ways to educate, 
inform and engage with our customers. Our ‘Love Your 
Drain’ campaign features a character called Dwaine Pipe 
who we use to improve awareness about the causes of 
blockages. Working together with our customers in a 
positive way to change behaviour has had a real impact 
on reducing the number of unnecessary sewer blockages 
caused by material such as baby wipes, fats, oils and 
grease. In particular, our innovative work with schools and 
food outlets is helping to change customer behaviour. Our 
research shows that in the first 36 months of the campaign, 
total blockages were reduced by over 15%.

SUSTAINABLE URBAN DRAINAGE SOLUTIONS

LEADING ASSET MANAGEMENT

In addition to addressing immediate flooding issues, we 
are working in collaboration with other stakeholders, such 
as local authorities and the EA, to promote partnership 
schemes that will reduce flood risk, as well as delivering 
wider benefits to local communities and the environment. 
During 2015-16 we have continued to deliver a number of 
highly innovative and sustainable solutions to reduce flood 
risk. Our proactive activity includes sustainable solutions 
that divert, delay and store rain water to reduce the risk 
to properties that have been flooded before, as well as 
delivering flood risk reduction to other properties which 
are at risk.

Much of this work has been carried out in partnership with 
other agencies, for example, the Northumbria Integrated 
Drainage Partnership (NIDP), a partnership between the 
Company, all 13 Lead Local Flood Authorities in our region 
and the EA. An example of work delivered through the 
NIDP approach is a flood risk reduction scheme at Brunton 
Park in Newcastle, where the innovative solution included 
the diversion of the River Ouseburn. Our approach has 
been recognised and we received an Institute of Water 
(Northern) Innovation Award and won the Utility Week 
Water Industry Achievement Award 2015 in the category 
of ‘Sustainable Drainage and Flood Management’.

In 2015-16, we have launched our programme of 
Community Action Plans which aim to proactively deliver 
flood risk reduction in the most effective manner whilst 
developing community involvement and promoting 
partnership working. Our collaborative work with South 
Tyneside Council and the Wildfowl & Wetlands Trust 
(WWT) to launch our Sustainable Drainage for Schools 
initiative recently won the Sustainable Drainage and Flood 
Management Initiative of the Year at the Water Industry 
Achievement Awards in May 2016. It features an education 
programme and the installation of sustainable drainage 
features to reduce flood risk.

We are committed to delivering leading asset 
management and we adopt best practice as demonstrated 
by our accreditation to ISO 55001. We use the concept 
of ‘Asset Health’ as an innovative way of monitoring, 
protecting and incentivising the long term sustainable 
stewardship of our assets. To monitor Asset Health we 
use two baskets of measures, one for water and one for 
wastewater. The MoS in our water Asset Health basket 
are discoloured water complaints, overall drinking water 
compliance, properties experiencing poor pressure and 
water mains bursts. The MoS in our wastewater Asset 
Health basket are sewage treatment works discharge 
compliance, pollution incidents, sewer collapses and 
repeat sewer flooding.

As the Asset Health concept is about the long term 
stewardship of our assets, performance is not assessed 
annually, but on a three year average basis at each of three 
assessment points: at the end of 2017-18, 2018-19 and 
2019-20. We aim to meet or exceed our PCs for our Asset 
Health MoS at these assessment points. More information 
on our performance against the individual measures can 
be found earlier in this report and in the commentary to 
Table 3A of our APR.

WE DELIVER 
WATER AND 
SEWERAGE 
SERVICES THAT 
MEET THE NEEDS 
OF CURRENT 
AND FUTURE 
GENERATIONS  
IN A CHANGING 
WORLD

22
22

23
23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT

STRATEGIC REPORT

ENVIRONMENT

The environment is critical to us and our stakeholders and 
we acknowledge our responsibilities to protect and enhance 
the natural environment.

Our carbon management plan is helping to reduce our 
carbon footprint and we aim to adopt good environmental 
practice in all aspects of our activity. Our integrated quality 
and environmental management systems are certified 
under ISO 9001, ISO 14001 and OHSAS 18001.

SEWAGE TREATMENT WORKS DISCHARGE 
COMPLIANCE

Our sewage treatment works (STW) compliance 
performance has been excellent for a number of years 
and in 2015-16 there were no STWs failing their discharge 
consent against the Upper Tier standard. However, we 
were disappointed to have one site fail against the ‘Look-
Up Table’ permit conditions, our first failure in eight years, 
which was a consequence of external action taken by a 
third party.

We are continuing to improve the way we monitor the 
discharges coming from our STWs, with increased on-line 
instrumentation and early warning trigger management so 
that we can resolve problems before there is an impact on 
the water environment. 

POLLUTION INCIDENTS

We saw an increase in the number of reported pollution 
incidents in the year, partly as a result of changes in 
reporting mainly affecting pollution incidents recorded 
from sewage pumping stations. Our strong monitoring 
approach led to us self-reporting 82% of incidents in 2015.

To improve our performance, we continue to invest in 
sewer level monitoring technology and trend analysis to 
aid prediction of where pollution incidents are likely to 
occur and to detect and resolve problems at a warning 
level before they cause an overflow. Over 87% of our 
Combined Sewer Outfalls are now monitored.

In 2015, we reviewed our award winning Water Rangers 
initiative that encourages members of the public to make 
regular observations on a watercourse and alert us to 
any unusual discharges. The Water Rangers deliver real 
benefits through early identification of pollution incidents, 
enabling prompt remedial action. We are now planning to 
extend this initiative to cover additional areas identified 
as at risk of pollution as well as increasing the number of 
Water Rangers patrolling our waterways. 

WE HELP TO 
IMPROVE THE 
QUALITY OF 
RIVERS AND 
COASTAL WATERS 
FOR THE BENEFIT 
OF PEOPLE, THE 
ENVIRONMENT 
AND WILDLIFE

BATHING WATER QUALITY COMPLIANCE

ENERGY EFFICIENCY

We are very proud that our bathing waters are some 
of the cleanest in the country. Last year saw the first 
classifications for designated bathing beaches under the 
revised Bathing Water Directive with 33 of our 34 beaches 
meeting the tighter requirements (Sufficient or better) and 
30 classed as either Good or Excellent. We have continued 
to invest in improvements and investigations to identify 
what we can do to further improve bathing water.

An investigation at Spittal beach, which was classified 
as Poor, has predicted the beach is likely to return to 
Sufficient status after the 2016 bathing season. This bathing 
water is impacted by diffuse agricultural sources and 
we are working in partnership with the EA, the Scottish 
Environment Protection Agency and Northumberland 
County Council to achieve all possible improvements.

Our carbon management plan has the aim of reducing our 
greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions by 35% by 2020 against 
a 2008 baseline. We remain ahead of target with emissions 
down by 27% compared to the baseline. However, energy 
usage in an individual year can be volatile, depending 
upon levels of rainfall and pumping requirements, and 
our emissions in 2015-16 increased in comparison with 
the prior year from 213.6 kilo tonnes CO2e to 225.2 kilo 
tonnes CO2e. This performance is explained in more 
detail on page 54 of the Directors’ Report.

We remain the first and only wastewater company in the 
UK to use 100% of the sludge remaining after sewage 
treatment to produce renewable energy at two thermal 
hydrolysis AAD plants. In December 2014, at one plant, 
we also began to clean and transform the biogas from 
the AAD process into biomethane for injection to the gas 
distribution network. Through 2015 this has continued 
to contribute to the proportion of renewable gas in the 
national gas grid, supporting the long term sustainability 
of the nation’s gas supply and reducing the carbon 
footprint of the UK as a whole.

WE PROTECT AND 
ENHANCE THE 
ENVIRONMENT 
IN DELIVERING 
OUR SERVICES, 
LEADING BY 
EXAMPLE

24
24

25
25

STRATEGIC REPORT

COMPETITIVENESS

The financial performance of the Company is detailed  
in the financial performance and structure section later  
in this report.

INNOVATION

Innovation, the successful exploitation of new ideas, 
underpins our current performance and is the key to our 
future success. We work in partnership with universities, 
research organisations and the wider industry to develop 
and implement leading edge technical solutions, driving 
the development of, and making best use of, technologies 
and business processes to achieve our outcomes.

We have a great track record of applying innovative and 
creative solutions, which is a reflection of the willingness  
of our people and partners to continuously strive for better 
and more efficient ways to deliver our business. Examples 
include exploring opportunities for use of unmanned 
aerial vehicle technology for asset inspection, the 
‘porcupine’ low cost device for tracing potential sources 
of non-flushable materials in the sewer network, and the 
development of a monitor for air valves on sewer rising 
mains, to identify problems before they result in pipe 
bursts.

To meet the challenges of delivering our AMP6 (Asset 
Management Plan) capital investment programme 
as efficiently and effectively as possible, we have 
implemented a new operating model in respect of the 
way we interact with our supply chain. This is based on 
four key principles, in line with best practice and the UK 
Government Construction Strategy 2010. These principles 
are: we operate as a well-informed professional client; we 
offer clear visibility of, and commitment to, future workload 
to suppliers; we engage suppliers as early as practicable 
in the delivery process to add value and innovation; and 
we create the right environment for collaboration and 
co-operation, incentivising innovation and performance. 
We believe that this will enable us to deliver our business 
outcomes significantly more efficiently than in AMP5.

We use innovative ways of working to drive performance 
improvement across the business. One example of this is 
the way we have worked with students from Northumbria 
University to bring fresh perspectives and ideas to 
business challenges.

WE ARE THE 
RETAILER OF 
CHOICE FOR 
BUSINESS 
CUSTOMERS

Whilst only the largest customers currently have the 
option to switch retailer, we aim to deliver excellent 
customer service to all of our business customers. Our 
larger customers receive an account management service 
providing a single point of contact for all their needs and 
we collect regular feedback from these customers to 
ensure that this service is meeting their requirements.  
This feedback gives us a positive NPS of 32 for this 
specific activity.

We have continued our preparations for the opening of  
the competitive market for non-household retail services 
in April 2017 and have invested in a new customer system 
that will underpin the core processes of the market, 
including the billing of non-household customers. NWGL 
intends to actively compete in this market and its separate 
subsidiary, NWGBL, will seek to enter the market as 
a retailer. 

WE ARE AN 
EFFICIENT AND 
INNOVATIVE 
COMPANY

OUR FINANCES 
ARE SOUND, 
STABLE AND 
ACHIEVE A 
FAIR BALANCE 
BETWEEN 
CUSTOMERS  
AND INVESTORS

26
26

27

STRATEGIC REPORT

STRATEGIC REPORT

PEOPLE

EMPLOYEE SATISFACTION AND ENGAGEMENT

We put great effort into creating an environment where our 
people are encouraged to engage and perform to the best 
of their ability. We engage with our employees through 
our Employee Relations Framework and through a range 
of communication channels including annual director 
roadshows, structured team talk briefings every two 
months, our weekly H2info ebulletin, and digital tools such 
as our intranet and Yammer. To recognise the contribution 
of our people, who bring our vision and values to life 
every day in the way they do their jobs, we have continued 
to grow our internal employee Vision and Values Awards, 
known as the ViVa Awards. In 2015-16, 314 people and 
teams were nominated by colleagues for demonstrating 
our company values and our winners were celebrated at 
an awards ceremony in June 2016.

We continue to take a lead role to develop skills at a 
national level in response to the Government’s Employer 
Ownership of Skills pilot and review of apprenticeships 
and we have pioneered the new Trailblazer approach to 
apprenticeships in the water industry. We are strongly 
represented in the Energy and Efficiency partnership, an 
important sector-wide skills initiative, which has focused 
in 2015 on developing employability with young people. 
Each year we support around 9,000 young people 
through schools, colleges and universities by providing 
opportunities to develop their experience and skills, and 
we have continued to provide apprenticeships, graduate 
placements and sponsored higher education programmes.

In January 2015 we began a consultation regarding 
proposed changes to our defined benefit pension scheme, 
of which about half our workforce are members. As a result 
of the feedback received during consultation the Company 
made significant changes to the final outcome, which 
was implemented in January 2016. We really value the 
feedback that we received during the consultation and we 
continue to take the opportunity to work with our people to 
improve our employee relations framework.

Our annual employee survey was carried out after the end 
of this consultation process and the resulting engagement 
and satisfaction index score was below our target. 
However, there were still some very positive messages in 
the survey results with 74% of employees proud to work 
for the Company and 84% of our people enjoying their job.

In November 2015 we were accredited as a Living 
Wage Employer. This means that every employee in the 
Company will earn at least the Living Wage, an hourly rate 
set independently and calculated according to the basic 
cost of living for the UK. As part of this commitment, the 
Living Wage will also be extended to people who work for 
third party contractors and suppliers over time as contracts 
are awarded or renewed.

DIVERSITY AND EQUAL OPPORTUNITIES

We have continued throughout the year to ensure that 
our people are fairly treated and we proactively promote 
diversity and inclusion to reap the benefits of a diverse 
workforce. Our equal opportunity policy seeks to ensure 
that all our current employees and potential employees are 
treated with respect. We welcome job applications from  
all parts of the community and it is our intention that all job 
applicants and employees are treated equally, regardless 
of their age, ability, marital or partnership status, race, 
religion or belief, gender or sexual orientation.

At the end of the year, the Company had 3,139 employees 
of which 2,110 were male and 1,029 female. Of the 
12 Directors, 10 were male and two were female. The 
Executive management team has an even split of five male 
and five female members. 

We welcome employment applications from people 
with disabilities and, where existing employees develop 
disabilities, they are supported to remain in employment, 
wherever practicable, by providing appropriate 
adjustments to their roles and/or effective redeployments. 
Occupational health physicians assist this process with 
professional medical advice.

OUR PEOPLE  
ACT IN LINE WITH 
OUR VALUES

OUR WORKPLACES  
ARE HEALTHY  
AND SAFE

OUR PEOPLE 
ARE TALENTED, 
COMMITTED AND 
INSPIRED TO 
DELIVER GREAT 
SERVICES TO 
CUSTOMERS

The H&S of our employees and contractors is a 
responsibility that we take very seriously and whilst 
we were pleased that lost time accidents stabilised at a 
low level during 2015, maintaining the improvement in 
accident performance achieved in 2014, our ambition 
is to have no accidents. We are certified under OHSAS 
18001 Occupational Health and Safety Systems and our 
first surveillance assessment under a new certification 
arrangement identified few minor non-conformances.

We have been awarded the Royal Society for the 
Prevention of Accidents (RoSPA) Gold Medal Award 
in recognition of achieving the RoSPA Gold Award 
for five consecutive years. The RoSPA Gold Award 
recognises organisations which have achieved a high 
level of performance and demonstrated well developed 
occupational H&S management systems and culture.

The wellbeing of our workforce is key to maintaining good 
levels of attendance and to support engagement with the 
Company. This year we have developed a strong network 
of Wellbeing Champions and mental health first aiders  
and we continue to benchmark to ensure we remain at 
the forefront of best practice. We were pleased that an 
assessment by the Trade Union Congress recognised our 
continued progress by awarding us a Gold standard in  
the Better Health at Work Award.

WE ARE SEEN  
AS A GREAT  
PLACE TO  
WORK

28

29
29

STRATEGIC REPORT

STRATEGIC REPORT

COMMUNITIES

We are dedicated to building strong relationships with 
the communities we serve and we ensure that corporate 
responsibility is embedded in the business.

WE WORK IN  
PARTNERSHIP  
TOWARDS  
COMMON  
GOALS

WE ARE PROUD 
TO CONTRIBUTE 
TO THE SUCCESS 
OF LOCAL 
COMMUNITIES

In 2015 we continued to ensure that at least 1% of our pre 
tax profits were re-invested in our communities through 
dedicating expertise, employee time, money and facilities.

JUST AN HOUR

Just an Hour is our highly successful employee 
volunteering programme which takes our community 
support beyond just cash donations, utilising the wealth 
of knowledge, skills and expertise of our employees. 
This is a structured programme of employee involvement 
in the community designed to impact on education, the 
environment and the general wellbeing of the community.

Since the launch of Just an Hour in 2002, our employees 
have committed more than 100,000 hours in support of the 
communities we serve and more than half of our workforce 
are actively engaged in the programme, supporting 979 
organisations with volunteers in 2015.

PARTNERSHIPS

We are proud of the long history we have of successfully 
working in partnership with a range of organisations and 
the help this enables us to give our communities and the 
local environment. We work with organisations across a 
broad range of sectors, including business, charitable, 
historical, cultural, educational and environmental bodies. 
Our work in our communities is based on our Partnerships 
Strategy, which gives a clear direction to ensure we are 
focusing our efforts on the things that our customers have 
told us are most important to them. This work is detailed in 
our Annual Partnership report, available on our websites.

Our work in this area has contributed to us being listed 
in 2015 as one of the world’s most ethical companies by 
Ethisphere. This is the sixth consecutive year we have 
been listed and we remain the only water and sewerage  
company in the world to be included on this 
prestigious list.

GRASSROOTS SUPPORT

WATERAID

In addition to our larger flagship partnerships, we also 
provide effective grassroots support to a large number 
of organisations in our community, this year supporting 
over 1,570 community initiatives. Key events that we have 
supported, including Lumiere in Durham and the Tour of 
Northumberland, have contributed an additional £9m to 
the local economy.

Supplying top quality tap water that is great value for 
money is integral to what we do and we are pleased 
to provide our very own bottled tap water to charities 
and not for profit groups for use at outside events. Since 
starting the scheme in 2005, we are proud to have 
provided more than one million bottles of water to support 
community events.

Four Community Foundations hold endowment funds that 
are used to support a range of community and charitable 
activities across our areas of supply. These are long 
term investments with the income from the funds being 
donated, with the advice of the Community Foundations, 
by a committee of our people.

Our Branch Out fund helps to deliver projects that benefit 
the natural environment and our local communities. This 
is about working in partnership to reconnect habitats for 
the benefit of people and wildlife. In 2015, through Branch 
Out we supported a variety of partners with 21 projects 
providing close to £80,000 in funding. This funding has 
unlocked almost £900,000 in match funding for our 
partners.

Northumbrian Water was one of the water companies that 
set up the international charity WaterAid in 1981 and our 
fundraising committee volunteers have raised millions 
of pounds since then. WaterAid transforms lives through 
providing safe water, sanitation and simple hygiene 
education and we continue to support the charity as one 
of our strategic partners. In 2015, our CEO, Heidi Mottram, 
went to Malawi to see for herself what WaterAid achieves 
for some of the world’s poorest people.

In 2015, Northumbrian Water raised funds which will give 
over 13,000 people in developing countries access to 
clean water. We also launched a new five-year partnership 
with WaterAid aiming to raise £1m to support the delivery 
of clean water and safe toilets to some of Madagascar’s 
poorest communities. In doing so, we will be helping to 
bring clean water and sanitation to over 70,000 people.

TRUST

Each year CCWater asks customers for their views 
about the services they receive from their water and 
sewerage company and we are proud that for the second 
year running, that survey has named us as the most 
trusted water company. We have robust governance and 
assurance arrangements in place to ensure that when we 
publish information it is accurate, clear and transparent. In 
doing so we aim to continue to build trust and confidence 
with our customers and stakeholders.

WE ARE A 
COMPANY THAT 
CUSTOMERS 
CAN TRUST 

30

31
31

STRATEGIC REPORT

STRATEGIC REPORT

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE  
AND STRUCTURE

GROUP STRUCTURE 

NWL is a wholly owned subsidiary of NWGL. NWGL has two other direct subsidiaries, NWGCSL, which acts as a holding 
company for other non-regulated trading companies, and NWGBL, which carries out retail activities in Scotland and to 
which NWL’s current non-household customer base will transition at the opening of the market in April 2017.

In the directors’ opinion, CKHH is the ultimate parent undertaking and controlling party of NWGL and, therefore, NWL. 
The chart below shows the structure of the Northumbrian Water Group (the Group) up to CKHH. The chart shows the 
principal intermediate holding companies, which are wholly owned unless otherwise shown.

CK HUTCHISON HOLDINGS LIMITED *

CHEUNG KONG  
(HOLDINGS) LIMITED

c.50%

c.50%

HUTCHISON  
WHAMPOA LIMITED

c.72%

CHEUNG KONG 
INFRASTRUCTURE 
HOLDINGS LIMITED*

LI KA SHING  
FOUNDATION LIMITED

40%

40%

20%

NORTHUMBRIAN WATER 
GROUP LIMITED

NORTHUMBRIAN  
WATER LIMITED

NWG BUSINESS  
LIMITED

NWG COMMERCIAL 
SOLUTIONS LIMITED

FINANCING SUBSIDIARIES

TRADING SUBSIDIARIES

* Companies listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange

32

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

In addition to the Balanced Scorecard, we use a range of financial indicators to monitor performance. All of our financial 
KPIs below remained better than the target for the year.

PERFORMANCE

TARGET

KPI

TARGET 2015-16

2015-16

2014-15

2016-17

Gearing: net debt to RCV – NWL group

1 

Cash interest cover (times) – NWL group

Cash flow to net debt (%) – NWL group

1 See note 10 of the Statutory Financial Statements

The Company’s income statement, statement of 
comprehensive income, balance sheet and statement 
of changes in equity are set out on pages 60 to 64. The 
statutory financial statements have been prepared on an 
historical cost basis in accordance with FRS 101, reflecting 
IFRS with reduced disclosures. The key accounting 
policies are summarised in note 1 to the statutory financial 
statements on pages 65 to 69 and have been applied 
consistently to current and preceding period information. 
Further information on the transition to FRS 101 is provided 
in note 24 of the Statutory Financial Statements.

During 2014, the Company changed its accounting 
reference date from 31 December to 31 March, therefore 
prior period values relate to a 15 month period and are not 
directly comparable to the current year values which reflect 
12 months trading. However, after adjusting for exceptional 
items, the underlying operating profit for the current year 
is broadly in line with the underlying performance in the 
previous period.

Revenue was £805.5m for the year ended 31 March 2016 
(15 months ended 31 March 2015: £985.3m). Wholesale 
charges were set in line with the PR14 FD, increased by 
RPI of 2.6% with effect from April 2015. Table 2I of the APR 
reports that wholesale revenue was £4.5m higher than the 
FD and explains the difference.

Operating costs, including capital maintenance costs, for the 
year ended 31 March 2016 were £432.8m (15 months ended 
31 March 2015: £588.6m). This included an exceptional 
one-off accounting credit of £38.9m related to changes to 
a defined benefit pension scheme which came into effect 
in January 2016 after consultation with members. The prior 
period included an exceptional one-off asset impairment 
charge of £30.7m in relation to sludge drying plant 
abandoned as a result of the successful implementation of 
AAD. Both of these items are explained further in note 3 of 
the Statutory Financial Statements.

Underlying costs, excluding exceptional items and with 
prior period costs pro-rated to a 12 month basis, have 
increased in the year. This reflects general inflationary 
pressures, including staff costs, higher pension charges, 

<72%

>3.0

>13

70%

4.8

19

68%

<72%

3.3

20

>3.0

>13

higher power usage in the year and increased depreciation 
resulting from our capital investment programme. We are 
also choosing to address some issues with opex solutions 
which may previously have been addressed through capital 
investment, notably in respect of SuDs, sewer flooding 
mitigation and our catchment management approach.

Net interest payable was £106.3m in the year ended  
31 March 2016 (15 months ended 31 March 2015: 
£138.1m). Whilst the charge was naturally lower due to the 
shorter accounting period, this was further reduced by 
lower charges on index linked debt due to lower levels of 
prevailing RPI during the year, partially offset by interest 
received in the prior year on tax recoverable as a result 
of prior period capital allowances claims agreed with HM 
Revenue & Customs (HMRC).

Profit on ordinary activities before taxation for the year 
ended 31 March 2016 was £266.4m (15 months ended  
31 March 2015: £258.6m). Current tax for the year ended  
31 March 2016 was a charge of £33.3m (15 months ended 
31 March 2015: credit of £17.1m). The prior period included 
exceptional credit adjustments of £64.5m in respect of 
prior period capital allowances claims agreed with HMRC. 
Deferred tax for the year ended 31 March 2016 was a 
credit of £29.8m (15 months ended 31 March 2015: credit of 
£4.5m), reflecting a reduction in deferred tax liabilities due 
to changes in future corporation tax rates enacted during 
the year. The current tax credit and deferred tax charge are 
explained in more detail in note 7 of the Statutory Financial 
Statements. Profit for the year ended 31 March 2016 was 
£262.9m (15 months ended 31 March 2015: £280.2m).

The Directors do not recommend payment of a final 
ordinary dividend (31 March 2015: £nil). Total dividends 
paid in the year ended 31 March 2016 were £211.0m (15 
months ended 31 March 2015: £311.5m). As a result of the 
change in the Company’s statutory accounting reference 
date, the timing of dividend payments was amended in the 
prior period which resulted in three interim dividends being 
paid compared to two in the current year. The underlying 
dividend policy has remained unchanged and is explained 
in note 8 of the Statutory Financial Statements.

33
33

 
STRATEGIC REPORT

STRATEGIC REPORT

CAPITAL INVESTMENT

TREASURY POLICIES

CREDIT RISK

The Company invests surplus cash with banks on a short term basis. The treasury policy specifies which counterparties 
the Company can invest with and sets a limit for the maximum exposure to each counterparty. These limits take account 
of published credit ratings. There is no material customer credit risk as no individual customer accounts for a significant 
proportion of income or debt. Note 1(o) of the Statutory Financial Statements sets out the Company’s bad debt policy.

FOREIGN CURRENCY RISK

The Company’s policy is that any foreign currency exposure in excess of £100,000 sterling equivalent of a transactional 
nature, or £3m sterling equivalent of a translation nature, should be covered as soon as they are identified. At 31 March 
2016, the Company had forward foreign exchange contracts of £5.8m (31 March 2015: £2.7m) for the purpose of hedging 
the foreign currency risk of committed future purchases.

MARKET PRICE RISK

The Company’s exposure to market price risk principally comprises interest rate exposure. The Company’s policy is to 
accept a degree of interest rate risk. On the basis of the Company’s analysis, it is estimated that a 1% rise in interest rates 
would not have a significant effect.

Total fixed asset additions in the year ended 31 March 
2016 were £223.2m. Around £156m of this investment 
related to the maintenance of our asset base to ensure the 
continued provision of sustainable water and wastewater 
services in the areas we serve. In particular, we have 
continued to invest heavily in our sewer network to reduce 
the risk of sewer flooding.

The Board is responsible for the financing strategy of the 
Company which is determined within treasury policies 
set by NWGL. The treasury policies set out how the risks 
associated with treasury activities are managed, which are 
summarised below. On occasion, derivatives are used as 
part of this process, but the treasury policy prohibits their 
use for speculation.

FUNDING RISK

The level of capital expenditure which NWL is obliged 
to incur is such that we cannot be wholly cash financed 
by internally generated sources. As a result, we must rely 
upon raising additional finance on a regular basis, to be 
principally used to fund the long term assets required 
by the regulated business. In order to raise this finance 
efficiently, the Board’s aim is to retain our strong investment 
grade credit rating at BBB+ (Standard & Poors) and Baa1 
(Moody’s). A reduction in the credit rating would likely 
restrict future sources of funding, increase the associated 
cost of new borrowing and prompt discussions with the 
EIB about the existing facilities in place.

LIQUIDITY RISK

The Company’s policy is to have available standby 
committed bank borrowing facilities with a value of no less 
than £50m and with a bank agreement availability period 
of no less than three months. At 31 March 2016, NWL had 
£350m (31 March 2015: £258m) of undrawn bank facilities, 
provided by a group of five key relationship banks, which 
mature in 2019.

INTEREST RATE RISK

The Company finances its operations through a mixture 
of retained profits and borrowings. It borrows at both 
fixed and variable rates of interest and, on occasion, 
uses derivatives to generate the desired interest profile 
and to manage its exposure to interest rate fluctuations. 
The Company’s policy is to keep a minimum 50% of its 
borrowings at fixed rates of interest. At 31 March 2016, 
62% (31 March 2015: 64%) of the borrowings of the 
Company were at fixed rates of interest. Index linked 
borrowings are treated as variable rate debt.

We commenced the ONCE programme to transform 
our billing and customer contact systems for household 
customers and in readiness for the opening of the non-
household retail market. We also started work on two of 
our most significant AMP6 projects, the upgrade of Horsley 
water treatment works, which serves Newcastle, and 
addressing sewage spills at Whitburn, to ensure timely 
delivery of benefits and outcomes.

CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND LIQUIDITY

The Company’s long term debt structure remained largely 
unchanged with 62% fixed at an average rate of 5.71%, 
30% index linked at an average real rate of 1.27% and 8% 
on a variable rate basis. The blended average nominal rate 
for the Company for the year ended 31 March 2016 was 
4.39% (15 months ended 31 March 2015: 4.82%).

In September 2015, the European Investment Bank (EIB) 
approved a new £250m loan facility, to support our AMP6 
capital plan, with a £150m tranche available immediately 
and the remaining £100m tranche to be available for 
drawdown in 2017. The initial £150m was drawn in 
October 2015 on a variable rate basis and swapped 
through to index linked at a favourable real rate of -0.22%.

We have a committed five year bank facility in place to 
maintain general liquidity, with a total value of £350m 
maturing in 2019. This was undrawn at 31 March 2016. 
Looking ahead, we are currently developing our strategy 
for the refinancing of a £300m bond, which matures in 
October 2017.

Gearing increased slightly as a result of adjustments made 
to the opening RCV in the PR14 FD but remains within 
target. Cash interest cover and cash flow to net debt ratios 
remain comfortably better than target. The Company 
retains strong investment grade credit rating of BBB+ from 
Standard & Poors (S&P) and Baa1 from Moody’s. Our Fitch 
rating arrangement was terminated in the year as it was no 
longer efficient to maintain three corporate ratings.

Whilst the S&P rating outlook remains stable, in January 
2016 Moody’s changed its outlook to negative from stable, 
citing potential concerns about the gearing levels of our 
parent company, NWGL, in spite of also recognising the 
strength of the regulatory ring-fence. We report on our 
financial resilience in our viability statement on page 55.

34

35
35

 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT

STRATEGIC REPORT

PRINCIPAL RISKS 
AND UNCERTAINTIES

The Board sets the tone for risk management within the 
Company and determines the appropriate risk appetite.  
The Board’s approach to monitoring, managing and 
mitigating risk is set out in the Governance Report.

The Risk & Compliance Committee, on behalf of the Board, carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing 
the Company, including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity, taking 
account of both the highest rated risks on our corporate risk register and the strategic risks identified by the Board. The 
principal business risks facing the Company, and our approach to mitigating these risks, are set out in the table below.

DESCRIPTION OF RISK

MITIGATION

CHANGE

Health & safety

Whilst our health and safety performance is strong, 
we can never be complacent and remain conscious 
of the significant inherent risk in our operational and 
construction workplaces.

The health and safety of our staff, contractors and 
members of the public is our highest priority, and our 
leading indicators are reported quarterly to Management 
Team and Board along with actions to ensure continuous 
improvement. Health and safety is embedded in our 
culture and processes through training, clear procedures 
and guidelines, risk assessments and regular inspections. 
All accidents and incidents are investigated and closure of 
recommendations tracked.

No change 
(continuous 
improvement).

DESCRIPTION OF RISK

MITIGATION

CHANGE

Information management failure

Loss of key business systems due to a malicious 
attack or failure of cyber security. Release of 
sensitive data in breach of the Data Protection Act or 
Environmental Information Regulations. Loss of billing 
data integrity during transition to a new billing system 
for household customers.

Regulatory changes

Continuous improvement of information security 
controls though software and hardware access controls, 
infrastructure resilience and disaster recovery plans. 
Focus on user awareness through briefings and training, 
supported by a dedicated internal team. Strong programme 
management of new billing system under same 
governance structure as non-household retail competition 
(described below).

No change to 
existing risks.

Billing system 
transition has 
been added.

Changes to the Licence or regulatory methodology 
that may adversely impact on the balance of risk and 
return or reduce investor confidence in the stability and 
predictability of the regulatory framework. 

Externally driven, but we actively engage with Ofwat 
through responding to formal consultations, regular direct 
dialogue, contributing to the ‘market for ideas’ and through 
other forums such as Water UK.

Retail competition

Difficulties with the opening of the non-household 
retail market. Potential introduction of household retail 
competition unsupported by clear benefits.

Our preparations for non-household retail market opening 
are well advanced and supported by robust governance 
arrangements with wholesale and retail programme 
boards reporting into a Management Team sub-group and 
the Assurance Committee. External assurance has been 
provided by PA Consulting and Deloitte LLP.

We have contributed to Ofwat’s call for evidence in 
respect of their assessment of the costs and benefits of 
household retail competition.

Change 
through the 
development 
of Water 2020 
approach.

Reduced 
risk for non-
household 
competition as 
preparations 
have 
progressed.

New risk 
in respect 
of potential 
household 
competition.

Water service failure

A problem in our water system causing either a 
major loss of supply or unfit water to be supplied. 
This could have many potential causes, including the 
failure of a strategic water main or treatment works or 
contamination of a service reservoir.

Sewerage service failure

We have well developed business continuity plans in place 
for managing incidents, down to a site specific level, which 
are regularly tested. We operate risk-based prioritisation 
process for the maintenance and replacement of our 
assets, which is ISO 55001 certified. Access is restricted 
to treated water assets through authorisation and physical 
security measures.

A problem in our sewerage system causing either 
significant environmental pollution or customer impact. 
This could have many potential causes, including 
insufficient network capacity to cope with severe 
weather events and consequences of sewer collapses 
or blockages.

We continue to invest heavily in preventing sewer flooding 
and pollution through a wide range of approaches 
including proactive monitoring and sewer cleaning, 
mitigation, prevention through SUDS and public 
education, and investment to increase network capacity 
(see pages 22 to 23 for more detail).

No change.

Table continued on next page

Funding and liquidity risk

No change.

Inability to access future funding at acceptable rates, 
credit rating downgrade or loss of liquidity.

Financial performance

Failure to deliver financial plans due to significant 
adverse movements on costs, interest or tax or failure 
to deliver efficiency commitments. Impact of sustained 
low RPI on RCV and gearing.

The Board has approved treasury policies which set out 
how we manage treasury risks (see pages 34 to 35). We 
are committed to maintaining our strong investment grade 
credit ratings and manage our financial plans accordingly 
(see viability statement on page 55).

Management is monitoring the uncertainty in the financial 
markets following the UK voting to leave the EU.

Increased 
risk due to 
uncertainty 
in financial 
markets 
after EU 
referendum 
result.

We have committed to a range of efficiency actions, for 
both opex and capex, and progress is reported monthly to 
Management Team. We have fixed commodity prices for 
electricity and fuel to March 2020 and maintain more than 
50% of our borrowings on fixed rates, providing certainty. 
Our viability statement on page 55 reports on the financial 
resilience of our plan.

Increased risk 
due to the 
low level of 
prevailing RPI.

36

37
37

STRATEGIC REPORT

NEW RISKS

As part of their assessment of principal risks, the Risk & Compliance Committee decided that the inherent health  
and safety risk, and potential seriousness of any incidents, should be added to the principal risks, though they agreed 
that the Company’s management processes were strong in this area. The Committee also added the risk of failing to 
deliver our financial plans, recognising the impact of the sustained period of prevailing low RPI inflation on our business 
model. The retail competition risk has been extended to incorporate the proposal by government to introduce  
household competition by 2020, announced in November 2015.

As noted in the table on page 37 the Board is monitoring the uncertainty in the financial markets following the UK voting 
to leave the EU and assessing potential impacts on the Company. 

INCREASING RISKS 

The risk of unfavourable regulatory changes at PR19, specifically in relation to moving from RPI to CPI inflation for  
some items, has increased as Ofwat has developed its Water 2020 approach.

REDUCING RISKS

Our preparations for non-household retail market opening are progressing well within a robust governance and 
assurance framework.

By order of the Board 
M Parker, Company Secretary, 
15 July 2016

38

39

GOVERNANCE 
REPORT

GOVERNANCE REPORT

GOVERNANCE REPORT

FOR THE  
YEAR ENDED 
31 MARCH 2016

DIRECTORS

The Directors who served during the year were as follows:

NAME

A J Hunter

P Rew 

ROLE

Non-Executive Chairman

Senior Independent Non-Executive Director

H Mottram OBE

Chief Executive Officer

C I Johns

A C Jones

M Fay CBE 

Dr S Lyster 

Finance Director

Assets and Assurance Director

Independent Non-Executive Director

Independent Non-Executive Director

M A B Nègre 

Independent Non-Executive Director

F R Frame

T C E Ip1

H L Kam

D N Macrae

L S Chan2

Non-Executive Director

Non-Executive Director

Non-Executive Director

Non-Executive Director

Alternate Non-Executive Director

W C W Tong-Barnes

Alternate Non-Executive Director

1T C E Ip resigned from the Board on 14 July 2016. 

2L S Chan was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 14 July 2016.

Information about Directors’ remuneration is contained in note 4 of the Statutory Financial Statements and the Statement 
on Directors’ Pay and Standards of Performance in the APR.

42

43

GOVERNANCE REPORT

GOVERNANCE REPORT

SENIOR INDEPENDENT NON-
EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR’S REPORT

As Senior Independent Non-executive Director I am pleased 
to be able to describe the role of NWL’s INEDs, on whose 
behalf I can fully endorse the comments of our Chairman, 
Andy Hunter, in his statement.

As mentioned by the Chairman, 
the INEDs play a key role in 
NWL’s governance, assurance 
and decision making. I chair 
the Audit Committee, the 
Assurance Sub-Group (which 
I explain below) and the Risk 
& Compliance Committee; 
fellow INEDs sit on both 
of those Committees, the 
Assurance Sub-Group and the 
Remuneration Committee. We 
are therefore fully involved in 
all the main aspects of NWL’s 
governance and the Board is 
satisfied that this enables it to 
ensure that sound governance 

Paul Rew

is maintained. Whilst the Committees are not entirely 
comprised of INEDs, as suggested by the UK CGC, the 
Board believes that their composition is appropriate to 
the Company’s circumstances. The three members of the 
Assurance Sub-Group are all INEDs.

The INEDs recognise the increasing need for careful and 
thorough assurance of many of the key projects being 
undertaken by NWL, to ensure compliance, efficiency and 
excellent outcomes for customers. In order to sharpen 
the focus on assurance, the Audit Committee invited 
the Assurance Sub-Group to closely review (i) NWL’s 
preparations for the opening of the non-household retail 
market; and (ii) NWL’s major transformation project to 
procure a new billing system and facilitate working with 
MOSL once the market opens. This has involved three 
meetings with management and independent assurance 
providers and has enabled the Board to achieve a high 
degree of confidence that these projects are being 
delivered to a high standard. 

Most decisions relating to NWL are made by the NWL 
Board alone and the only decisions referred to the NWGL 
Board are certain large contract awards, capital project 
approvals, substantial funding arrangements and the re-
appointment of certain Directors. During the last year, the 
NWGL Board has endorsed all the recommendations of 
the NWL Board. Although the INEDs are not members of 
the NWGL Board, we are present at its Board meetings and 
participate fully, which encourages a cohesive approach  
at both Boards.

I would like to emphasise that, in addition to our work on 
assurance and our participation in formal meetings, the 
INEDs have had very broad involvement in NWL’s overall 
business. We have all taken part in extensive sessions 
with management on risk and customer service and have 
already met with the new Chairman of our Water Forums. 
We have also met from time to time without management 
or the other directors being present and attended 
seminars arranged by Ofwat and other events relating to 
the water sector.

I remain satisfied that the balance of experience and 
expertise on the Board of NWL, its Committees and the 
Assurance Sub-Group ensures that the interests of all the 
Company’s stakeholders, and especially customers, are 
protected and that the Company’s governance is both 
sound and appropriate.

P Rew 
Senior Independent  
Non-Executive Director

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The Chairman ensures that all items on the Board 
agendas are discussed openly and that all Directors have 
an opportunity to express their views. He encourages 
constructive challenge, so that ideas and proposals are 
tested and explored fully. The Board recognises that 
customers’ interests are best served when the Company 
is flexible and innovative, so the Executive team is always 
encouraged to think laterally and consider a range of 
solutions for each issue.

The Company has adopted terms of reference which set 
out the matters reserved to the Board for approval and 
matters which are, or can be, delegated to the Committees 
and management. The Board makes key strategic 
decisions and approves the annual and medium term 
business plans. It also approves regulatory submissions 
and very significant investments or expenditure which is 
not in the normal course of business. Investments which 
form part of projects within approved business plans are 
authorised by committees below Board level.

The Company has also adopted financial approval rules 
which set out the authorisation processes and financial 
limits to be applied to financial transactions within the 
Company. The terms of reference and financial approval 
rules are reviewed regularly by the Board. The Standing  
or Executive Committees can take decisions not delegated 
to specific committees between Board meetings. All 
Directors receive notice of Standing Committee meetings 
and may participate if they wish. Decisions taken by the 
Standing or Executive Committees are reported at the next 
Board meeting. The Company’s Board meets at least five 
times each year.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE OBLIGATIONS

The Boards of the Company and its holding company, 
NWGL, are committed to high standards of corporate 
governance. The Company’s Licence contains provisions, 
beyond those which would otherwise apply to a private 
company, to ensure that the Company’s governance 
is sound and that its Directors, acting as such, act 
independently of parent companies. The Licence requires 
the Company to have particular regard to the UK CGC. 
Good governance is further underpinned by the bespoke 
Governance Code (the NWL Code), which the Board put 
in place in March 2014, following discussions with Ofwat. 

The arrangements and functioning of the Board and its 
Committees have regard to the Licence obligations, the 
UK CGC and the NWL Code, in the context of a company 
which is not a listed public limited company. The Board 
considers that an appropriate balance has been achieved 
between the interests of shareholders, customers and 
other stakeholders.

The Board considers that it complies substantially with 
the relevant provisions of the UK CGC, to the extent that it 
is compatible with NWL’s ownership structure, except as 
explained on page 53. Compliance with the NWL Code is 
reported on page 53.

BOARD RESPONSIBILITIES AND PROCESSES

The Board sets, implements and supports the Company’s 
vision, values and strategy and ensures compliance with 
Group policies and legal and regulatory obligations. 
Within the Group framework, NWL operates as a 
standalone company and its strategy is determined solely 
by the NWL Board. During the year, the only decisions 
referred to the NWGL Board were certain large contract 
awards, capital project approvals and substantial funding 
arrangements and, in each case, the NWGL Board 
accepted the recommendations of the NWL Board.

The Board receives detailed reports from the Executive 
Directors in advance of Board meetings, covering each 
aspect of the Company’s activities. The first substantive 
item on each Board agenda is health and safety; this is the 
Board’s top priority and the Company’s health and safety 
record is excellent (see page 29 for details). There are 
also regular reports on operational performance, customer 
service, management of key business risks, the investment 
programme and regulatory matters. There is a strong focus 
on the Company’s success in delivering its key outcomes, 
as explained in Strategic Report. The Chairman of the 
Audit Committee and Assurance Sub- Committee reports 
fully to the Board on their work.

44

45

 
GOVERNANCE REPORT

GOVERNANCE REPORT

AUTHORISATION OF DIRECTORS’ CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

Directors have a statutory duty, under s175 of the Companies Act 2006, to avoid a situation in which they have, or  
could have, a conflict of interest with the Company’s interests. However, there is no breach of this duty if the Board  
has authorised the matter in question. The Articles permit Directors (other than the Director having the interest in 
question) to authorise any situation giving rise to a known or potential conflict. A register of the interests which have 
been authorised is maintained by the Company Secretary and is available at every Board meeting

BOARD BALANCE AND INDEPENDENCE

The composition of the Board is as follows:

A J Hunter (Non-Executive Chairman) joined the Board in October 2011. He was appointed 
by Cheung Kong Infrastructure Holdings Limited (CKI), which is listed on the Hong Kong Stock 
Exchange and is a substantial shareholder in the Group. A J Hunter is Deputy Managing Director 
of CKI and is an Executive Director of Power Assets Holdings Limited, a listed company. He has 
been an Executive Director of CKI since December 2006 and Deputy Managing Director since 
May 2010. He acted as the Chief Operating Officer of CKI from December 2006 to May 2010. 
Prior to his appointment to the board of Power Assets Holdings Limited in 1999, Mr Hunter was 
Finance Director of the Hutchison Property Group. He holds a Master of Arts degree and a Master’s 
degree in Business Administration. He is a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of 
Scotland and of the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants. He is Chairman of NWGL’s 
Remuneration Committee.

P Rew (Senior Independent Non-Executive Director) joined the Board in 2010. He is a chartered 
accountant and was a partner in PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC) from 1987 until 2010, where 
he was lead partner for a diverse range of FTSE 100 clients and for PwC’s UK energy, utilities and 
mining sector practice. He is a Non-Executive Director of DEFRA and the Care Quality Commission 
and chairs their Audit Committees, and was formerly a Non-Executive Director of the Met Office. He 
is Chairman of NWGL’s Audit Committee and Risk & Compliance Committee and is also a member 
of the Remuneration Committee.

H Mottram (CEO) joined the Board in 2010, when she was appointed as CEO of NWL and NWGL. 
Prior to her current position, Ms Mottram held a number of senior management roles, including 
Managing Director of Northern Rail Limited, Commercial Director of Arriva Trains, and Operations 
Director of Midland Mainline as well as various senior positions in Great North Eastern Railway. 
She is a Non-Executive Director of Eurostar International Limited and a Board Member of the North 
East Local Enterprise Partnership. She is also a Board Member of Kielder Water and Forest Park 
Development Trust, as well as a member of the CBI Board, Newcastle University Council and the 
Institute of Water. Ms Mottram was named Rail Business Manager of the Year in 2009 for being an 
“inspirational leader”, she was awarded an OBE in the New Year honours list in 2010 for services  
to the rail industry, and is also the Prince of Wales’ Ambassador for Business in the north east  
of England.

C I Johns (Finance Director) joined the Board in 2013. He was previously Finance Director of 
Northern Gas Networks Limited (NGN) since 2005, which is also part of the Cheung Kong Group. 
Before joining NGN, C I Johns worked in the financial services sector. He is a Chartered Accountant 
and has held senior financial management positions in both Yorkshire and London. His previous 
positions include being Head of Finance and Accounting within the UK lending operations of 
Provident Financial plc, and a senior management role in the Financial Reporting and Control Group 
of Morgan Stanley.

A C Jones (Assets and Assurance Director) joined the NWL Board in 2004. An economist by 
background, he holds an MBA with distinction from Warwick and has extensive experience in 
dealing with government and regulatory bodies. He is a Chartered Environmentalist and worked as 
a government economist and economic consultant before joining the water industry and has held 
non-executive positions at a number of water industry organisations and is currently Vice Chair of a 
locally based enterprise development business.

M Fay (Independent Non-Executive Director) joined the Board in 2010. She was Managing Director 
of Tyne Tees Television until December 2003 when she became Chairman of One North East, a 
position she held until August 2010. She is Deputy Chairman of The Sage Gateshead, a Governor of 
the University of Sunderland, Patron of Tees Valley Community Foundation and a Deputy Lieutenant 
for Tyne and Wear. M Fay is a member of NWGL’s Remuneration Committee.

Dr S Lyster (Independent Non-Executive Director) joined the Board in 2006. He is a lawyer by 
training, qualified in both the UK and the USA and was Chief Executive of LEAD International from 
2005 to 2011. Before joining LEAD, he was Director General of The Wildlife Trusts and previously 
worked for World Wildlife Fund for nine years, where he was responsible for its global policy work 
on international conventions. He is Chairman of the World Land Trust and a Trustee of Conservation 
International-UK, the Kilverstone Wildlife Conservation Trust and the Rural Community Council of 
Essex. In July 2014, Dr Lyster was appointed to the Board of Natural England. He is a member of 
NWGL’s Audit Committee and Risk & Compliance Committee.

M A B Nègre (Independent Non-Executive Director) joined the Board in 2006. He was, between 
April 2000 and April 2001, the CEO of the former Northumbrian Water Group plc and the chief 
corporate representative of its parent company, Suez, in the UK. He was a founding Director of 
NWGL when it acquired the Group from Suez SA in 2003. He currently chairs Ecofin Vista Hedge 
Fund Limited, is a Non-Executive Director of listed Investment Trust EW & PO plc and holds 
a number of Directorships focused on utilities. He sits on the supervisory board of Messieurs 
Hottinger & Cie. M A B Nègre is a member of NWGL’s Audit Committee and the Risk & Compliance 
Committee.

L S Chan (Non-Executive Director) joined the Board in 2016. He was appointed by CKH and has 
been an Executive Director of CKI since January 2011 and Chief Financial Officer of CKI since 
January 2006. He joined Hutchison Whampoa Limited, which is a substantial shareholder of CKI in 
January 1992 and has been with the Cheung Kong Group since May 1994. Mr Chan is a fellow of 
the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants, a fellow of the Association of Chartered 
Certified Accountants and also a member of the Institute of Certified Management Accountants 
(Australia).

46

47

GOVERNANCE REPORT

GOVERNANCE REPORT

F R Frame (Non-Executive Director) joined the Board in November 2011 and was appointed by Li 
Ka Shing Foundation Limited, a company limited by guarantee and a charity which is a substantial 
shareholder in the Company. A lawyer by profession, Mr Frame served as Deputy Chairman of The 
Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation; as Chairman of South China Morning Post Limited 
and The Wallem Group Limited; and as a Director of The Weir Group plc, Swire Pacific Limited, 
The British Bank of the Middle East, Edinburgh Dragon Trust plc, Baxter International Inc and 
Consolidated Press International Limited. He holds the degrees of Master of Arts and Bachelor  
of Laws.

T C E Ip (Non-Executive Director) joined the Board in October 2011 and resigned in 2016. He was 
appointed by CKH, of which he is Deputy Managing Director, a well as being Deputy Chairman 
of CKI and Deputy Managing Director of CKHH. T C E Ip has been an Executive Director of CKI 
since its incorporation in May 1996 and its Deputy Chairman since February 2003. T C E Ip is 
Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer of CK Life Sciences Int’l., (Holdings) Inc., a 
Non-Executive Director of TOM Group Limited, ARA Asset Management Limited, AVIC International 
Holding (HK) Limited, Real Nutriceutical Group Limited and Shougang Concord International 
Enterprises Company Limited. T C E Ip is also a Non-Executive Director of a number of companies 
which manage significant listed real estate investment trusts. He holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in 
Economics and a Master of Science degree in Business Administration.

H L Kam (Non-Executive Director) joined the Board in October 2011. He was appointed by 
Cheung Kong (Holdings) Limited (CKH), which is a substantial shareholder in the Company and  
is now wholly owned by Cheung Kong Hutchison Holdings Limited (CKHH). He is Group Managing 
Director of CKI and Deputy Managing Director of CKHH. H L Kam has been Group Managing 
Director of CKI since its incorporation in May 1996. He has also been Deputy Managing Director  
of CKH since February 1993. He is President and Chief Executive Officer of CK Life Sciences 
Int’l., (Holdings) Inc., and an Executive Director of Hutchison Whampoa Limited and Power Assets 
Holdings Limited. Mr Kam is also Chairman of Hui Xian Asset Management Limited, which  
manages Hui Xian Real Estate Investment Trust, a listed real estate investment trust. He holds a 
Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering and a Master’s degree in Business Administration.

D N Macrae (Non-Executive Director) joined the Board in October 2011. He was appointed by 
CKI, where he holds the position of Head of International Business. D N Macrae has over 22 years 
of experience in the infrastructure investment field and holds a Bachelor’s and a Master’s degree in 
Philosophy, Politics & Economics. He is a member of NWGL’s Audit Committee, Risk & Compliance 
Committee, and Remuneration Committee.

ATTENDANCE AT BOARD MEETINGS

RISK MANAGEMENT AND INTERNAL CONTROLS

Attendance at the five scheduled meetings during the year 
was as follows:

NAME

A J Hunter

P Rew

H Mottram OBE

C I Johns

A C Jones

M Fay CBE 

Dr S Lyster 

M A B Nègre 

F R Frame

T C E Ip

H L Kam

D N Macrae

ATTENDANCE

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

1*

4

5

* During the year it has been difficult for T C E Ip to attend 
Board meetings in the UK. Mr Ip resigned from the Board 
on 14 July 2016 and L S Chan, who has been an alternate 
Director since October 2011, has replaced him. Mr Chan 
attended four of the five meetings during the year.

The Board has ultimate responsibility for risk management 
and determines the appropriate risk appetite. The Board’s 
view of acceptable risk is based on a balanced view of 
all of the risks in the operating environment and it aims 
to ensure an appropriate balance between risk aversion 
and opportunities. The Board monitors the management of 
fundamental risks and approves major decisions affecting 
the Company’s risk profile. The Board is supported in this 
by the Risk & Compliance Committee, as explained below.

The Board requires management to identify and assess 
the impact of risks to the business using a corporate 
risk model. In addition, during the year, a sub group of 
the Board carried out a review of strategic risks, being 
potentially high impact risks which are foreseeable but 
with a high degree of uncertainty.

The Management Team implements policies on risk 
management and internal control and ensures that risks 
are appropriately identified and managed within the 
business. This approach is set out in a Risk Management 
Framework, which has been endorsed by the Risk & 
Compliance Committee. The Management Team reviews 
the approach to risk management in detail every year and 
reviews the significant risks every month. Any significant 
issues are reported by the CEO to the Board. Senior 
management implements policies on risk management 
and internal control. 

The Risk & Compliance Committee, on behalf of the Board, 
has performed a robust assessment of the principal risks 
facing the Company, including those that would threaten  
its business model, future performance, solvency or 
liquidity. These principal risks, and how they are managed, 
are described on page 36 in the Strategic Report.

The internal control framework supports the risk 
management process, ensuring that risks are 
appropriately managed, that controls are effective 
and that appropriate remedial action is taken where 
identified. Risks are mapped against the providers of 
assurance, whether this be management, internal or 
external assurance. The Board is supported by the Audit 
Committee in monitoring the effectiveness of the internal 
control framework with primary assurance being provided 
by the Internal Audit team.

The Chairman and CEO have clearly defined roles and responsibilities. The Chairman leads the Board and creates the 
conditions for overall Board and individual Director effectiveness, both inside and outside the boardroom. The CEO  
is responsible for running the Company’s business on a day-to-day basis. A J Hunter, D N Macrae, H L Kam, T C E Ip,  
F R Frame and H Mottram were also Directors of NWGL in the year.

The Non-Executive Directors bring to the Board many years of business experience as well as financial expertise and  
the ability and willingness to constructively challenge and help develop proposals on strategy.

The General Counsel and Company Secretary, M Parker, assists the Board to ensure that good corporate governance 
compliance is achieved. He is also Company Secretary of NWGL and is secretary to all Board committees. 

48

49

GOVERNANCE REPORT

GOVERNANCE REPORT

The members of the Audit Committee are P Rew 
(Chairman), Dr S Lyster, M A B Nègre, D N Macrae and 
L S Chan.

During the year, and up to the date of approval of these 
financial statements, the Audit Committee assisted both 
Executive and Non-Executive Directors to discharge their 
individual and collective responsibilities. Its work included 
the following:

•  Reviewing the draft financial statements and APR, 

considering reports from the external auditor setting out 
the audit approach and plan, significant audit risks and 
conclusions on the Group’s internal controls and risk 
management;

•  Reviewing the appropriateness of accounting policies, 

significant accounting judgements and evidence 
supporting the going concern basis for the accounts 
and recommending approval of the Statutory Financial 
Statements to the Board;

•  Reviewing and commenting on the APR, including 
the underlying assurance, reviewing evidence to 
support the Condition F6A.2A certificate (statement of 
sufficiency of financial resources) and recommending  
its approval to the Board;

•  Monitoring the effectiveness of the internal audit 

function;

•  Approving the external auditor’s fees for both audit and 
non-audit services, by reference to the agreed policy;

•  Approving the internal audit work programme for the 
year and reviewing progress against the programme;

•  Approving arrangements for monitoring compliance 
with the Company’s procedures designed to prevent 
bribery, having regard to the Bribery Act 2010 and the 
updated code of conduct ‘Our Way at NWG’, including 
receiving reports on any whistleblowing allegations; and

•  Reviewing the risk and control framework and reporting, 
including management of tax compliance matters and 
approval of financial approval rules.

The Audit Committee Chairman reports formally to the 
NWGL and NWL Boards following each Audit Committee 
meeting and its minutes are circulated to both Boards.

Attendance at the four scheduled Audit Committee 
meetings during the year was as follows:

EFFECTIVENESS OF RISK MANAGEMENT AND 
INTERNAL CONTROL SYSTEMS 

The Risk & Compliance Committee, on behalf of the Board, 
has carried out an annual review of the effectiveness of 
the Company’s risk management and internal control 
systems. This review confirmed that the Company has 
strong systems of internal control and robust processes 
in place to enable it to identify, evaluate and manage the 
risks it faces and to ensure that its obligations are met. 
These systems and processes are embedded in the 
organisation and are reviewed regularly by the Board and 
its Committees. The annual review confirmed that the risk 
management and internal control systems have operated 
effectively through the year and that there have been no 
significant failings or weaknesses.

BOARD COMMITTEES

During the year, the NWGL Board had Audit, Risk & 
Compliance and Remuneration Committees to assist it in 
the performance of its duties. The Board sets the terms of 
reference of the Committees and receives regular reports 
from their chairmen at Board meetings.

AUDIT COMMITTEE

The role of the Audit Committee is to assist both Executive 
and Non-Executive Directors of Group companies to 
discharge their individual and collective responsibilities  
in relation to: 

•  Ensuring the financial and accounting systems of each 
Group company are providing accurate and up-to-date 
information on its current position;

•  Ensuring the Group’s published financial statements 
represent a true and fair reflection of this position;

•  Ensuring the integrity of the Group’s regulatory 

reporting systems and the accuracy of its regulatory 
reports; and

•  Assessing the integrity of its internal financial controls.

The Chairman of the Committee has worked with 
management to produce an action plan for the Committee, 
setting out the business to be addressed at each meeting. 
This plan is dynamic and is updated throughout the year. 
The members of the Committee are updated regularly 
on developments in financial reporting requirements and 
on any changes in NWL’s regulatory environment. The 
CEO, Finance Director, Assets and Assurance Director, 
Internal Audit Manager and the external auditor normally 
attend the Committee’s meetings by invitation. Other 
senior managers and advisers are invited to attend as 
appropriate. 

50

NAME

P Rew 

Dr S Lyster 

M A B Nègre 

D N Macrae

L S Chan

ATTENDANCE

4

4

4

4

3

Given the increasing need for careful and thorough 
assurance of a number of NWL’s key projects, to ensure 
compliance, efficiency and excellent customer outcomes, 
during the year the Audit Committee has formed an 
Assurance Sub-Group whose three members are all 
INEDs.

Although the Sub-Group has a broad remit, its work 
during the year has focused on NWL’s preparations for 
the opening of the non-household retail market and NWL’s 
major transformation project to implement a new billing 
system to enable NWL to work with MOSL after market 
opening and, at a later date, manage household customer 
billing and contact. The Sub-Group has held three 
meetings with Executive Directors, senior management 
and independent assurance providers during the year  
and attendance was as follows:

During the year, and up to the date of approval of these 
financial statements, the Risk & Compliance Committee 
assisted the Board to discharge its responsibilities. Its  
work included the following:

•  Completing the implementation of a significantly 

enhanced risk management framework and corporate 
risk register, based on a detailed bottom-up assessment 
of risk across the Company and departmental risk 
registers developed by risk champions in 
each department;

•  Reviewing reports at each meeting on the top rated 

managed risks and priorities for assurance (being those 
risks with the biggest reduction between the business 
(gross) and managed (net) risk scores), representing 
key control areas for the Company;

•  Reviewing the management of specific areas of risk 
in relation to health and safety, the vehicle operator’s 
licence and environmental compliance; 

•  Reviewing cyber security and steps being taken to 

enhance security;

•  Advising the Board on risk appetite and exposure 

and reviewing risk assessment processes as well as 
keeping the effectiveness of the risk and internal control 
management systems under review;

•  Monitoring compliance with covenants and treasury 

risks;

NAME

P Rew 

Dr S Lyster 

M A B Nègre 

ATTENDANCE

•  Reviewing management of customer debt; and

•  Reviewing business continuity arrangements.

3

3

3

The effectiveness of the Risk & Compliance Committee  
is enhanced by ‘deep-dive’ sessions at which specific risks 
are addressed in great detail.

Attendance at the three scheduled Risk & Compliance 
Committee meetings during the year was as follows:

In anticipation of the opening of the non-household retail 
market in April 2017, the Board proposes to establish a 
separate NWL Audit Committee, to be supported by an 
NWL Assurance Sub-Committee. NWGL’s Audit Committee 
will continue to operate and will be supported by an 
NWGL Assurance Sub-Committee. It is anticipated that 
these arrangements will be in place before 1 April 2017.

RISK & COMPLIANCE COMMITTEE

The role of the Committee is to assist both Executive  
and Non-Executive Directors to discharge their individual 
and collective responsibilities in relation to assessing the 
scope and effectiveness of the Group’s risk management 
systems and the integrity of its internal financial controls

The members of the Risk & Compliance Committee are  
P Rew (Chairman), Dr S Lyster, M A B Nègre, D N Macrae  
and L S Chan.  

NAME

P Rew 

Dr S Lyster 

M A B Nègre 

D N Macrae

L S Chan

ATTENDANCE

3

3

3

2

2

The Board is able to monitor the impact of environmental, 
social and governance matters on the Company’s 
business, to assess the impact of significant risks on the 
business and to evaluate methods of managing these risks 
through reports it receives from the Audit Committee and 
the Risk & Compliance Committee.

51

GOVERNANCE REPORT

GOVERNANCE REPORT

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE

INEDS AND THE COMPANY’S LICENCE

THE UK CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE

The Remuneration Committee is a Committee of the Board 
of NWGL which has delegated authority to determine the 
remuneration of the Executive and Non-Executive Directors 
and such other members of the Executive management 
team as the NWGL Board considers appropriate. 
Remuneration is determined within a policy designed 
to ensure that executives are provided with appropriate 
incentives to encourage enhanced performance and are, 
in a fair and responsible way, rewarded for their individual 
contributions to the Group’s success.

The members of the Remuneration Committee are  
A J Hunter (Chairman), H Mottram, P Rew, M Fay and  
D N Macrae. S Salter, from the management team, provides 
advice to the Remuneration Committee from time to time. 
H Mottram does not participate in discussions relating 
to her own remuneration and her bonus targets are set 
directly by the Chairman.

The work of the Remuneration Committee is explained 
in the Statement on Directors’ Pay and Standards of 
Performance in the APR. The Company complies with its 
obligations under Section 35A of the Water Act 2003 by 
disclosing in its regulatory accounts a detailed breakdown 
of remuneration paid to the Executive Directors of NWL, 
which includes those elements linked to NWL’s standards 
of performance.

All members of the Committee attended the two 
scheduled meetings during the year.

The Licence requires the Company to obtain undertakings 
from its ultimate controllers to underpin the Licence and 
to require the Company’s Board to include ‘not less than 
three independent Non-Executive Directors, who shall be 
persons of standing with relevant experience’ and who 
have collective knowledge of, and connections with, the 
Company’s areas of supply and customers. Throughout  
the year, the Company had four INEDs, P Rew, Dr S Lyster 
and M Fay (who were the three INEDs for the purposes 
of the Licence) and M A B Nègre. Their biographical 
details are set out on pages 46 and 47 above. They were 
appointed on the recommendation of the Nomination 
Committee of Northumbrian Water Group plc, when it was 
independently listed.

The INEDs attend and participate in decisions at all 
NWGL Board meetings, at meetings of NWGL’s Audit, 
Risk & Compliance and Remuneration Committees and 
at meetings of the Assurance Sub- Group of the Audit 
Committee (whose members are P Rew (Chairman),  
Dr S Lyster and M A B Nègre). Whilst these were, 
throughout the year, formally constituted at the NWGL 
level, the vast majority of their work related to the 
Company’s activities. The INEDs have therefore played 
a full part in all strategic decisions both at the NWL and 
NWGL Boards. All Directors’ views have been given full 
consideration and due weight in all proceedings of the 
Board and Committees and of the Sub-Group.

The Board considers that it complies substantially with 
the relevant provisions of the UK CGC where they are 
appropriate for a privately held company, except as 
explained below.

Code Provisions

A.3.1: The Chairman was appointed by the Group’s 
shareholders.

A.4.2: The Chairman has informal discussions with the 
Non-Executive Directors as the need arises, though it 
has not been necessary to hold formal meetings with 
them without the executives present. The Non-Executive 
Directors have not appraised the performance during 
the year of the Chairman, but all Directors will have the 
opportunity to comment on his performance as part of the 
current Board evaluation.

B.1.1: The Board has determined that M A B Nègre is 
independent, notwithstanding that he served on the 
NWGL Board for more than nine years and has served 
on the NWL Board since 2006. M A B Nègre has no 
prior connections with the Group’s shareholders. He is 
a very experienced director, and brings to the Board an 
excellent understanding of the business coupled with 
sound commercial judgment. He continues to contribute 
a constructive and challenging perspective to Board 
discussions. The Board is therefore satisfied that M A B 
Nègre is independent for the purposes of the UK CGC.

The Board has also determined that Dr S Lyster is 
independent, notwithstanding that he has served on the 
NWL Board since 2006. Dr Lyster has no prior connections 
with the Group or its shareholders. He is a very 
experienced director, with particular expertise in wildlife, 
conservation and environmental matters, which are central 
to the Company’s work. He lives in the Company’s ESW 
supply area. The Board is satisfied that Dr Lyster continues 
to demonstrate a fully independent approach and to offer 
valuable constructive challenge; the Board is therefore 
satisfied that he is independent for the purposes of the  
UK CGC.

B.1.2: The Board comprises a Chairman appointed by 
the Group’s shareholders, four further Non-Executive 
Directors who are not independent as defined by the UK 
CGC, four INEDs and three Executive Directors (including 
the CEO). This balance has served the Company and its 
stakeholders well to date.

B.2.1, B.2.2 and B.2.4: There is not a permanent 
Nomination Committee. The Company has confirmed  
(in its governance document) that new INEDs and 
Executive Directors will be appointed on an objective 
basis and by means of a formal, rigorous and transparent 
procedure, in which all Non-Executive Directors will 
participate. Moreover, the Board has agreed to ensure  
that the recruitment process for INEDs is such that a 
diverse range of candidates is encouraged to apply.

B.4: INEDs receive induction on joining the Board and 
continually update their knowledge of and familiarity  
with the Company. The Chairman does not formally  
review with each Director their training and development 
needs. For Executive Directors this is managed by 
the CEO; Independent Directors keep up to date with 
developments in the sector via updates at Board meetings 
and external seminars.

B.6: The Company is conducting an internal review of 
the Board’s performance during the year and the findings 
will be reviewed at the Board meeting in August 2016. 
The performance of Executive Directors is appraised by 
the CEO and all Executive Directors participate in NWL’s 
extensive 360o feedback system.

B.7: Annual re-election is not relevant to a privately  
owned company.

D.1: The Company’s policy on remuneration and the 
detailed remuneration disclosures are set out in the 
Statement on Directors’ Pay and Standards of Performance 
in the APR.

D.2.1: The membership of the Remuneration Committee 
is disclosed on page 52, and this is considered to be 
appropriate given the Company’s ownership. 

Schedule B: There were five Board meetings during the 
year, as well as four meetings of the Audit Committee, 
three meetings of the Risk & Compliance Committee and 
two meetings of the Remuneration Committee.

NORTHUMBRIAN WATER LIMITED BOARD 
GOVERNANCE CODE

In March 2014, following discussions with Ofwat, the 
Board put in place a bespoke Governance Code (the 
NWL Code), which is available on the NWL website. 
The Company follows the NWL Code and, accordingly, 
commenced performance evaluations in 2015. As 
disclosed above, an internal review of the performance  
of the Board during the year is in progress.

CODE OF CONDUCT 

The Group has a code of conduct, ‘Our Way at NWG’, 
covering its relationships with customers, employees, 
suppliers, local communities, shareholders, other investors 
and regulators. This document was updated during the 
year and now provides clearer guidance to employees 
in relation to personal conduct, conflicts of interest and 
a number of other matters. As part of the annual staff 
appraisal system, all employees are required to confirm 
that they have seen the code of conduct.

52

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GOVERNANCE REPORT

GOVERNANCE REPORT

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

DIRECTORS

GREENHOUSE GAS EMISSIONS

DIRECTORS’ INDEMNIFICATION

VIABILITY STATEMENT

The Directors who served during the year are listed on 
page 43 of the Governance Report.

DISCLOSURES PROVIDED IN THE 
STRATEGIC REPORT

Future developments which may impact on the Company 
are described in the Regulatory and Legislative 
Developments section of the Strategic Report.

Our approach to innovation is described in the 
Performance section of our Strategic Report under the 
Competitiveness heading and the costs of research and 
development are disclosed in note 3 of the Statutory 
Financial Statements.

Our policies in respect of the employment for disabled 
persons and employee involvement are set out in the 
Performance section of our Strategic Report under the 
People heading.

Information on results and dividends is contained in 
the Financial Performance and Structure section of the 
Strategic Report. Our policies in relation to the use of 
financial instruments and treasury operations are set out in 
the same section under the ‘Treasury policies’ heading.

POLITICAL DONATIONS

NWL does not support any political party and we do 
not, directly or through any subsidiary, make what 
are commonly regarded as donations to any political 
party or other political organisation. However, the wide 
definition of donations in the Political Parties, Elections and 
Referendums Act 2000 covers activities which form part 
of the necessary relationship between the Company and 
political parties and political organisations. These activities 
include attending party conferences, as these provide 
the best opportunity to meet a range of stakeholders, 
both national and local, to explain our activities, as well 
as local meetings with MPs, MEPs and their agents. 
During the year, external costs of £4,796 were associated 
with these activities in respect of the Labour party. In 
addition, Company representatives also attended the party 
conferences of the Labour and Conservative parties.

Our carbon management plan has the aim of reducing 
our GHG emissions by 35% by 2020 against a 2008 
baseline. We remain ahead of target with emissions down 
by 27% compared to the baseline. The protocol that we 
use for measuring our emissions is based on the Carbon 
Accounting Workbook developed and updated annually 
by the Water Research Council, on behalf of the water 
industry, and published by UK Water Industry Research. 
This is founded on international and DEFRA protocols but 
includes additions that are specific to the water industry.

Our total net operational GHG emissions for the year 
ended 31 March 2016 increased to 225.2 ktonnes CO2e 
(31 March 2015: 213.6 ktonnes CO2e). This reflected an 
increase in energy usage of 12% less a 7% reduction in 
the emissions factor applied for grid electricity, partly 
reversing an increase seen in the previous year.

The increase in usage was largely driven by weather 
conditions, with dry weather in our NW region in spring 
and summer 2015 requiring us to carry out more transfers 
of water resources and utilise more energy intensive 
treatment works, whilst high winter rainfall significantly 
increased sewage pumping activity. In addition, our new 
process to transform biogas from AAD into biomethane 
and inject this into the national grid, as described on  
page 25, contributes to long term sustainability of the UK’s 
gas supply but, perversely, has caused an increase in our 
emissions reported under current rules as the benefit of 
the gas export is not included in the calculation. If the gas 
export had been included, like exported electricity, our 
emissions would have been 217.4 ktonnes CO2e.

In addition to absolute emissions we also monitor 
the emissions intensity of our operations using three 
measures, one relating to the water service and two for 
wastewater. As described above, these measures can be 
volatile depending upon levels of rainfall and pumping 
requirements, therefore we focus on longer term trends.

ANNUAL OPERATIONAL  
GHG INTENSITY RATIO

2015-
16

2014-
15

Emissions/Ml of water

239

246

Emissions/Ml of sewage treated (flow to 
full treatment)

319

300

Emissions/Ml of sewage treated (water 
distribution input)

607

540

54

NWGL had Directors’ and Officers’ insurance in place for 
the year to 31 March 2016. On 28 November 2005 NWGL 
entered into a deed of indemnity to grant the Directors of 
NWGL and its subsidiaries further protection against liability 
to third parties, and this remains in place.

DIRECTORS’ STATEMENT

As required under s418 of the Companies Act 2006, so far 
as each current Director is aware, there is no relevant audit 
information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware and 
each Director has taken all the steps that he or she ought to 
have taken as a Director in order to make himself or herself 
aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that 
the Company’s auditor is aware of that information.

AUDITOR

Pursuant to s487 of the Companies Act 2006, Deloitte LLP  
is deemed to be re-appointed as the Company’s auditor  
for the ensuing year.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS PREPARATION AND 
GOING CONCERN

The Directors confirm that, in their opinion, the Company 
has sufficient financial resources and facilities available 
to enable it to carry out its activities for at least the next 
12 months. Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going 
concern basis in preparing the annual report and financial 
statements. In arriving at their decision, the Directors have 
taken into account:

•  The financial strength of the Company at the balance 

sheet date and financial performance, which is in line with 
expectations and reviewed at each Board meeting, most 
recently in April 2016;

•  The key financial ratios over the next 12 month planning 
horizon, as reflected in strong investment grade credit 
ratings;

•  The fact that the Company has in place £350m of five  
year committed bank facilities as back up liquidity 
(maturing in 2019), and a further £100m of committed 
financing from the EIB, both of which were undrawn at  
31 March 2016; and

•  The Company’s formal governance and risk management 

arrangements which are monitored by the Audit 
Committee, Risk & Compliance Committee and Board.

The Directors believe that the Company is well placed to 
manage its business risks successfully and expect that the 
business can continue to operate effectively over the long 
term and, specifically, meet its financial obligations over the 
four years to March 2020. In arriving at their opinion, the 
Directors have taken into account:

•  The Licence which is in place on a rolling 25 year basis;

•  The certainty on wholesale and household retail price 
controls to March 2020 provided by the 2014 Final 
Determination by Ofwat, following its acceptance by  
the Board;

•  The financial strength of the Company at the balance 

sheet date and the fact that the Company has a £350m 
five year committed bank facility as back up liquidity 
(maturing in 2019), and a further £100m of committed 
financing from the EIB, both of which were undrawn at  
31 March 2016;

•  The key financial ratios over the planning horizon of the 

Company’s medium term plan to March 2020 as reflected 
in strong investment grade credit ratings; and

•  The principal risks and uncertainties facing the Company 
and the mitigating controls, as described on pages 36 to 
38, which are strongly monitored by the Audit Committee, 
Risk & Compliance Committee and Board.

The Directors have chosen a period of four years to 
March 2020 to assess the viability of the Company after 
considering the significant increase in uncertainty of 
financial forecasts beyond the end of the current regulatory 
price control period, given the changes being proposed 
under Ofwat’s Water 2020 programme.

The medium term plan has been stress tested under a 
number of adverse, but possible, scenarios which would 
directly impact on the Company’s financial model, in the 
context of the Company’s financial objective of retaining a 
strong investment grade credit rating. The scenarios tested 
included: a sustained period of lower RPI; increased interest 
rates for future borrowings; increased current tax charges; 
failure to deliver totex efficiency targets; potential cost 
shocks; and a deterioration in the defined benefit pension 
scheme deficit due to external market factors.

To the extent that any of these scenarios, in isolation or 
combination, would place retention of the Company’s credit 
rating at risk, the Directors are confident that this could be 
mitigated by application of the Board’s flexible dividend 
policy alongside targeted management actions. Separate 
third party assurance agreed upon procedures have been 
performed on the calculations and stress testing of the plan 
in order to provide independent assurance to the Directors 
of the impact of the various scenarios.

55

 
GOVERNANCE REPORT

GOVERNANCE REPORT

The Directors consider that the report and financial 
statements, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the information necessary 
for stakeholders to assess the company’s performance, 
business model and strategy. In reaching this conclusion, 
the Board has taken advice from the Audit Committee 
which has considered the process by which the report 
and financial statements has been produced as well as 
reviewing and commenting on the report.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and 
integrity of the corporate and financial information on the 
Company’s website. Legislation in the UK governing the 
preparation and dissemination of financial statements  
may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

By order of the Board 
M Parker, 
Company Secretary, 
15 July 2016

Registered office 
Northumbria House 
Abbey Road 
Pity Me 
Durham 
DH1 5FJ

Registered in England and Wales 
Registered no: 02366703

DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES STATEMENT

The Directors are responsible for preparing the annual 
report and the financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law the 
Directors have elected to prepare the financial statements 
in accordance with United Kingdom (UK) Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice (UK Accounting Standards 
and applicable law), including FRS 101 Reduced 
Disclosure Framework, with certain exceptions required 
by Ofwat which are detailed in note (a) of the Regulatory 
Accounting Policies and Disclosures in the APR. Under 
company law the Directors must not approve the financial 
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true 
and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company and of 
the profit or loss of the Company for that period.

In preparing these financial statements, the Directors are 
required to:

•  Select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 

consistently;

•  Make judgements and accounting estimates that are 

reasonable and prudent;

•  State whether applicable UK Accounting Standards 

have been followed, subject to any material departures 
disclosed and explained in the financial statements; and

•  Prepare the financial statements on the going concern 
basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the 
Company will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping proper 
accounting records which are sufficient to show and 
explain the Company’s transactions and disclose with 
reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position 
of the Company and to enable them to ensure that the 
financial statements comply with the Companies Act 
2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding the 
assets of the Company and hence for taking reasonable 
steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other 
irregularities.

56

57

STATUTORY 
FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS

STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

INCOME STATEMENT

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

STATEMENT OF  
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

NOTE

12 MONTHS ENDED  
31 MARCH 2016

15 MONTHS ENDED  
31 MARCH 2015

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

£’m

£’m

NOTE

12 MONTHS ENDED  
31 MARCH 2016

15 MONTHS ENDED  
31 MARCH 2015

CONTINUING OPERATIONS

Revenue

Operating costs (including exceptional  
operating items)

Operating profit

Finance costs

Profit before taxation

Taxation

Profit for the period attributable to the shareholder 
of the company

2

3

6

7(a)

805.5

(432.8)

372.7

(106.3)

266.4

(3.5)

262.9

985.3

(588.6) 

396.7

(138.1)

258.6

21.6

280.2

Profit for the period

ITEMS THAT WILL NOT BE RECLASSIFIED 
SUBSEQUENTLY TO PROFIT AND LOSS:

Actuarial (losses) / gains

Deferred tax related to actuarial (losses) / gains

ITEMS THAT MAY BE RECLASSIFIED 
SUBSEQUENTLY TO PROFIT AND LOSS:

Losses on cash flow hedges taken to equity

Tax on items charged to equity that may be reclassified

Other comprehensive (loss) / income

Total comprehensive income for the period 
attributable to the shareholder of the Company

21

7(b)

£’m

262.9

(49.5)

7.6

(15.9)

2.9

(54.9)

208.0

£’m

280.2

19.7

(3.9)

(4.6)

0.9

12.1

292.3

60

61

STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

BALANCE SHEET 
AT 31 MARCH 2016

(REGISTERED NUMBER 02366703) 

NOTE

 31 MARCH 2016

31 MARCH 2015

NOTE

 31 MARCH 2016

31 MARCH 2015

£’m

£’m

£’m

£’m

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

Property, plant and equipment

Financial investments

CURRENT ASSETS

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

9

10

11

12

4,169.6

160.9 

4,330.5 

2.4 

185.7

188.1

4,075.4 

160.9 

4,236.3 

2.3 

251.2 

253.5 

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

Borrowings

Obligations under finance leases

Provisions

Deferred tax liabilities

Pension liability

Hedging instruments

Grants and deferred income

Total assets

4,518.6

4,489.8

CURRENT LIABILITIES

Trade and other payables

Borrowings

Obligations under finance leases

Provisions

13

14

15(a)

16

(158.0)

(96.8)

(8.5)

(0.2)

(263.5)

62

Total liabilities

Net assets

CAPITAL AND RESERVES

Share capital

Cash flow hedge reserve

(174.1)

(207.5)

(5.8)

(0.2)

(387.6)

Profit and loss account

Equity attributable to the shareholder  
of the Company



Approved by the Board of Directors on 15 July 2016  
and signed on their behalf by: H Mottram 

14

15(a)

16

7(d) 

21

18

17

19

(2,447.8)

(2,289.3)

(101.2)

(1.4)

(404.7)

(89.9)

(31.3)

(511.8)

(101.9)

(1.6)

(445.0)

(86.7)

(14.0)

(493.7)

(3,588.1)

(3,432.2)

(3,851.6)

667.0

(3,819.8)

670.0

122.7 

(24.2)

568.5

667.0

122.7 

(11.2)

558.5

670.0

63

STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

STATEMENT OF  
CHANGES IN EQUITY

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

NOTE

SHARE 
CAPITAL

CASH FLOW  
HEDGE 
RESERVE

RETAINED  
EARNINGS

TOTAL  
EQUITY

£’m

122.7 

- 

- 

- 

- 

£’m

(7.5)

- 

(3.7)

(3.7)

£’m

574.0

280.2

15.8

296.0

£’m

689.2

280.2

12.1

292.3

- 

(311.5)

(311.5)

122.7 

(11.2)

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(13.0)

(13.0)

- 

122.7 

(24.2)

558.5

262.9

(41.9)

221.0

(211.0)

568.5

670.0

262.9

(54.9)

208.0

(211.0)

667.0

8

8

At 1 January 2014

Profit for the period

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income  
and expense for the period

Dividends

At 31 March 2015

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income  
and expense for the year

Dividends

At 31 March 2016

64

NOTES TO THE STATUTORY 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES

NWL is incorporated in the United Kingdom under the 
Companies Act. The Company is a private Company 
limited by shares and is registered in England and Wales. 
The address of the Company’s registered office is shown 
on page 56. The nature of the Company’s operations and 
its principal activities are set out in the Strategic Report  
on pages 9 to 39.

These financial statements are presented in sterling and all 
values are rounded to the nearest one hundred thousand 
pounds (£0.1m) except where otherwise indicated.

These financial statements are separate financial 
statements. The Company is exempt from the preparation 
and delivery of consolidated financial statements, because 
it is included in the group accounts of NWGL (see  
note 23).

(A) BASIS OF ACCOUNTING 

In accordance with FRS 100 issued by the FRC, the UK 
GAAP applied by the Company in its previous financial 
statements is no longer applicable. The Company meets 
the definition of a qualifying entity under FRS 101 and has 
therefore adopted FRS 101 as its accounting framework 
for the year ended 31 March 2016 and, in doing so, has 
applied the requirements of IFRS 1 First Time Adoption of 
International Financial Reporting Standards.

These financial statements have been prepared in 
accordance with FRS 101, incorporating the Amendments 
to FRS 101 issued by the FRC in July 2015 and the 
amendments to Company law made by The Companies, 
Partnerships and Groups (Accounts and Reports) 
Regulations 2015 prior to their mandatory effective date of 
accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2016.

In accordance with IFRS 1 (appendix D16), at the date 
of transition, the Company has measured its assets and 
liabilities at the carrying amounts included in NWGL’s 
consolidated financial statements. Prior period values have 
been restated on a consistent basis.

The financial statements have been prepared under the 
historical cost convention, with the exception of financial 
instruments held at fair value through profit and loss.

The financial statements have been prepared on a going 
concern basis, having considered the principal risks 
and uncertainties, which assumes that the Company 

will have adequate funding to meet its liabilities as they 
fall due in the foreseeable future. As at 31 March 2016, 
the Company had net current liabilities of £75.4m (31 
March 2015: £134.1m). The Directors have reviewed 
cash flow requirements and are confident that they will 
be able to meet these from funds available, including the 
undrawn committed bank facilities of £350m (31 March 
2015: £258m) and the £100m committed EIB funding. 
Accordingly, the Directors believe it is appropriate to 
prepare the financial statements on a going concern basis.

(B) REVENUE

Revenue, which excludes Value Added Tax, represents 
the income receivable in the ordinary course of business 
for services provided within the United Kingdom. All 
water and sewerage charges billed to customers are 
recognised pro-rata over the period to which they relate. 
For consumption by measured customers which has not 
yet been billed, an accrual is estimated.

(C) CASH FLOW STATEMENT

As permitted by FRS 101, the Company has elected not  
to present a cash flow statement.

(D) PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment, including assets in the 
course of construction, comprise infrastructure assets 
(being mains and sewers, impounding and pumped raw 
water storage reservoirs, dams, sludge pipelines and sea 
outfalls) and other assets (including properties, vehicles 
and above ground plant and equipment).

Purchased property, plant and equipment are included 
at cost less accumulated depreciation and any provision 
for impairment. Cost comprises the aggregate amount 
incurred and the fair value of any other consideration 
given to acquire the asset and includes costs directly 
attributable to making the asset capable of operating  
as intended.

Where assets are constructed by a developer and 
adopted by NWL at no cost to the company, the assets are 
recognised in the balance sheet at their fair value on the 
date of the transfer and an equivalent value is recognised 
in deferred income, in accordance with IFRIC 18 Transfers 
of Assets from Customers. The fair value is based on the 
average cost to the Company of constructing an 
equivalent asset.

65

STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Freehold land is not depreciated. Other assets are 
depreciated evenly over their estimated economic lives, 
which are principally as follows: 

Freehold buildings

30-60 years

Operational structures,  
plant and machinery

Infrastructure assets

Fixtures, fittings, tools 
and equipment

4-92 years

4-200 years 
(see below)

4-10 years

The carrying values of property, plant and equipment 
are reviewed for impairment if events or changes in 
circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be 
recoverable and are written down immediately to their 
recoverable amount. Useful lives and residual values are 
reviewed annually and, where adjustments are required, 
these are made prospectively.

Assets in the course of construction are not depreciated 
until commissioned.

Infrastructure assets

Infrastructure assets comprise a network of systems being 
mains and sewers, reservoirs, dams and sea outfalls.

Expenditure on infrastructure assets which enhances 
the asset base is treated as fixed asset additions while 
maintenance expenditure which does not enhance the 
asset base is charged as an operating cost.

Infrastructure assets are depreciated evenly to their 
estimated residual values over their estimated economic 
lives, which are principally as follows:

(F) GRANTS AND CONTRIBUTIONS

Grants are recognised at their fair value where there is 
reasonable assurance that the grant will be received and 
all attaching conditions will be complied with. Revenue 
grants are credited to the income statement in the period 
to which they relate. Capital grants and contributions 
relating to property, plant and equipment are treated as 
deferred income and amortised to the income statement 
over the expected useful economic lives of the related 
assets. 

Deferred income relating to assets adopted from 
developers, recognised in accordance with IFRIC 18, is 
amortised to the income statement over the expected 
useful economic lives of the related assets.

(G) HIRE PURCHASE AND LEASING

Where assets are financed by leasing arrangements 
which transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of 
ownership to the Company, the assets are treated as if 
they had been purchased at their fair value or, if lower, 
at the present value of the minimum lease payments. 
Rentals or leasing payments are treated as comprising a 
capital element and finance charges, the capital element 
reducing the outstanding liability and the finance charges 
being charged to the income statement over the period 
of the leasing contract at a constant rate on the reducing 
outstanding liability.

Rentals under operating leases (where the lessor retains 
a significant proportion of the risks and rewards of 
ownership) are expensed in the income statement on a 
straight line basis over the lease term.

(H) INVENTORIES

Inventories are stated at cost less any provision necessary 
to recognise damage and obsolescence.

Dams and impounding reservoirs

150 years

(I)  PENSION COSTS

Water mains

Sea outfalls

Sewers

Dedicated pipelines

100 years

60 years

200 years

4-20 years

(E) FINANCIAL INVESTMENTS

Financial investments are stated at their purchase cost, less 
provision for diminution in value (note 10).

The Company is the principal employer of the 
Northumbrian Water Pension Scheme (NWPS or the 
Scheme), which has both a defined benefit section and a 
defined contribution section. 

The cost of providing benefits under the defined benefit 
scheme is determined using the projected unit credit 
method, which attributes entitlement to benefits to the 
current period (to determine current service cost) and to 
the current and prior periods (to determine the present 
value of defined benefit obligation) and is based on 
actuarial advice. Past service costs are recognised in the 
income statement on a straight line basis over the vesting 
period or immediately if the benefits have vested. When a 
settlement (eliminating all obligations for benefits already 
accrued) or a curtailment (reducing future obligations as 
a result of a material reduction in the scheme membership 

or a reduction in future entitlement) occurs, the obligation 
and related plan assets are re-measured using current 
actuarial assumptions and the resultant gain or loss 
recognised in the income statement during the period in 
which the settlement or curtailment occurs. Net interest is 
calculated by applying the discount rate to the net defined 
asset or liability. 

•   In respect of deductible temporary differences 

associated with investments in subsidiaries where the 
timing of the reversal of the temporary differences can 
be controlled and it is probable that the temporary 
differences will reverse in the foreseeable future and 
taxable profit will be available against which the 
temporary differences can be utilised.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed  
at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that 
it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be 
available to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be 
utilised. Unrecognised deferred tax assets are reassessed 
at each balance sheet date and are recognised to the 
extent that it has become probable that future taxable 
profit will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the 
tax rates that are expected to apply to the period when 
the asset is realised or the liability is settled, based 
on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted, or 
substantively enacted, at the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax is recognised in the income statement, 
except when it relates to items that are recognised in 
other comprehensive income or directly in equity, in 
which case, the deferred tax is also recognised in other 
comprehensive income or directly in equity.

(K) FOREIGN CURRENCY

All transactions denominated in foreign currencies are 
translated into sterling at the actual rates of exchange 
ruling at the date of transaction. Foreign currency balances 
are translated into sterling at the rates of exchange ruling 
at the balance sheet date. Exchange gains or losses are 
recognised in the profit and loss account in the period 
incurred.

(L) RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

Research and development expenditure is charged to  
the income statement in the period in which it is incurred.

The service cost is disclosed in manpower costs and the 
net interest expense is disclosed within finance costs.

Actuarial gains and losses on experience adjustments 
and changes in actuarial assumptions are recognised in 
full in the period in which they occur in the statement of 
comprehensive income.

The costs of the defined contribution section are charged 
to the income statement in the period they arise.

(J) TAXATION

Current tax

Current tax liabilities are measured at the amount 
expected to be paid to the taxation authorities. The tax 
rates and tax laws used to compute the amounts are those 
that are enacted or substantively enacted by the balance 
sheet date.

Deferred tax

Deferred tax is provided using the liability method on 
temporary differences at the balance sheet date between 
the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying 
amounts for financial reporting purposes.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable 
temporary differences except:

•   Where the deferred tax liability arises from the initial 
recognition of goodwill or of an asset or liability in a 
transaction that is not a business combination and, at  
the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting 
profit nor taxable profit or loss; and

•   In respect of taxable temporary differences associated 
with investments in subsidiaries where the timing of the 
reversal of the temporary differences can be controlled 
and it is probable that the temporary differences will not 
reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets are recognised for all deductible 
temporary differences and unused tax losses to the extent 
that it is probable that taxable profit will be available 
against which the deductible temporary differences and 
unused tax losses can be utilised except:

•   Where the deferred tax asset relating to the deductible 
temporary difference arises from the initial recognition 
of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a 
business combination and, at the time of the transaction, 
affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit  
or loss; and

66

67

 
 
STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(M) DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Company utilises interest and inflation rate swaps, 
gilt locks and forward exchange contracts as derivative 
financial instruments.

A derivative instrument is considered to be used for 
hedging purposes when it alters the risk profile of an 
underlying exposure of the Company in line with the 
Group’s risk management policies. Interest rate swap 
agreements are used to manage interest rate exposures. 
Derivative financial instruments are stated at their  
fair value.

Hedge accounting is employed in respect of those 
derivative financial instruments fulfilling the requirements 
for hedge accounting as prescribed under IAS 39. In 
summary, these criteria relate to initial designation and 
documentation of the hedge relationship, prospective 
testing of the relationship to demonstrate the expectation 
that the hedge will be highly effective throughout its life 
and subsequent retrospective testing of the hedge to  
verify effectiveness.

Under IFRS 13, derivative financial instruments are 
measured at fair value, which is considered to be the 
price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to 
transfer a liability in an orderly transaction reflecting the 
credit risk of the counterparties in the principal (or most 
advantageous) market under market conditions as at the 
balance sheet date.

The fair value of forward exchange contracts is calculated 
by reference to current forward exchange rates for 
contracts with similar maturity profiles. The fair value of 
interest rate swaps is determined by reference to market 
values for similar instruments.

Hedging transactions undertaken by the Company are 
classified as either fair value hedges when they hedge 
the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognised 
asset or liability, or cash flow hedges where they hedge 
exposure to variability in currency cash flows that is 
either attributable to a particular risk associated with a 
recognised asset or liability or a forecast transaction.

In relation to fair value hedges which meet the conditions 
for hedge accounting, any gain or loss from re-measuring 
the hedging instrument at fair value is recognised 
immediately in the income statement.

In relation to cash flow hedges to hedge firm currency 
commitments which meet the conditions for hedge 
accounting, the portion of the gain or loss on the hedging 
instrument that is determined to be an effective hedge is 
recognised directly in equity and the ineffective portion is 
recognised in the income statement.

When the hedged firm commitment results in the 
recognition of a non-financial asset or a non-financial 
liability then, at the time the asset or liability is recognised, 

68

the associated gains or losses that had previously 
been recognised in equity are included in the initial 
measurement of the acquisition cost or other carrying 
amount of the asset or liability. For all other cash flow 
hedges, the gains or losses that are recognised in equity 
are transferred to the income statement in the same 
periods in which the hedged firm commitment affects the 
income statement.

For derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting, 
any gains or losses arising from changes in fair value are 
taken directly to the income statement.

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging 
instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, 
or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. At that 
point in time, any cumulative gain or loss on the hedging 
instrument recognised in equity is kept in equity until the 
forecast transaction occurs. If a hedged transaction is no 
longer expected to occur, the net cumulative gain or loss 
recognised in equity is transferred to the income statement.

(N) INTEREST BEARING LOANS AND BORROWINGS

All loans and borrowings are initially stated at the amount 
of the net proceeds, being fair value of the consideration 
received net of issue costs associated with the borrowing. 
Finance costs (including issue costs) are taken to the 
income statement over the term of the debt at a constant 
rate on the balance sheet carrying amount. The carrying 
amount is increased by the finance charges amortised and 
reduced by payments made in respect of the accounting 
period. The carrying amount of index linked borrowings 
increases annually in line with the relevant RPI, with 
the accretion being charged to the income statement 
as finance costs payable. Other borrowing costs are 
recognised as an expense when incurred.

Realised gains and losses that occur from the early 
termination of loans and borrowings are taken to the 
income statement in that period.

Net debt is the sum of all current and non-current liabilities 
less cash and cash equivalents, short term cash deposits, 
financial investments and loans receivable.

(O) BAD DEBTS

(i) Bad debt write offs

Debt is only written off after all available economic options 
for collecting the debt have been exhausted and the 
debt has been deemed to be uncollectable. This may 
be because the debt is considered to be impossible, 
impractical, inefficient or uneconomic to collect.

Situations where this may arise and where debt may be 
written off are as follows:

•   Where the customer has absconded without paying 
and strategies to trace their whereabouts and collect 
outstanding monies have been fully exhausted;

•   Where the customer has died without leaving an 

estate or has left an insufficient estate on which to levy 
execution;

•   Where the customer does not have any assets or has 

insufficient assets on which to levy execution;

•   Where the value of the debt makes it uneconomic to 

pursue;

•   Where county court proceedings and attempts to 
recover the debt by debt collection agencies have 
proved unsuccessful; and

•   Where the customer has been declared bankrupt, is in 
liquidation or is subject to insolvency proceedings or a 
debt relief order and no dividend has been or is likely  
to be received.

For debt to be written off there must be a legitimate 
charge against the debtor. If it is considered that part or 
all of the debt is incorrect or unsubstantiated, then such 
elements are dealt with through the issue of a credit note. 

(ii) Bad debt provisioning

The Company’s bad and doubtful debts provision policy 
has remained unchanged during the year and has been 
consistently applied in the current and prior periods.

The bad debt provision is charged to operating costs 
to reflect the company’s assessment of the risk of non 
recoverability of debtors. It is calculated by applying 
expected recovery rates to debts outstanding at the end 
of the accounting period. These recovery rates take into 
account the age of the debt, payment history and type  
of debt.

Higher provisioning percentages are applied to categories 
of debt which are considered to be of greater risk, 
including those with a poor payment history as well 
as to those of greater age. Bad debt provisioning rates 
are reviewed annually to reflect the latest collection 
performance data from the company’s billing system. 
All debt greater than 48 months old is fully provided for. 
Actual amounts recovered may differ from the estimated 
levels of recovery which could impact on operating results. 

The provision has increased from £77.3m at 31 March 2015 
to £83.7m at 31 March 2016. This reflects the additional 
provision made in the year as outstanding debt has aged. 
This has added to the existing provision for older debt 
which remains fully provided for as the debt is only written 
off in the specific circumstance outlined above. 

(P) BORROWING COSTS

Borrowing costs are generally expensed as incurred. 
Borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the 
acquisition or construction of an asset that necessarily 
takes a substantial time to prepare for its intended use  
are capitalised while the asset is being constructed as  
part of the cost of that asset.

Capitalisation ceases when the asset is substantially 
ready for its intended use or sale. If active development 
is interrupted for an extended period, capitalisation is 
suspended. When construction occurs piecemeal, and use 
of each part ceases upon substantial completion of that 
part, a weighted average cost of borrowings is used.

The Company capitalises borrowing costs for all eligible 
assets when construction commenced on or after 1 April 
2009 and continues to expense borrowing costs relating to 
construction projects that commenced prior to that date.

(Q) SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS AND 
KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY

In the process of applying the accounting policies, the 
Company is required to make certain judgements, 
estimates and assumptions that it believes are reasonable 
based on the information available. The Directors consider 
that the significant judgements applied at the balance 
sheet date, which may have a significant risk of causing a 
material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and 
liabilities within the next financial year are:

•   Those assumptions used in arriving at the defined 

benefit pension scheme assets and liabilities under IAS 
19. These key assumptions and their possible impact  
are disclosed in note 21;

•   The estimation of income for measured water and 

sewerage services supplied but not billed at the end 
of the financial period. Consumption by measured 
customers is billed periodically in arrears with large 
commercial customers being billed monthly and smaller 
commercial customers and domestic customers being 
billed on quarterly or six-monthly cycles. Revenue is 
estimated and accrued using a defined methodology 
based upon historical usage and the relevant tariff per 
customer;

•   The bad debt provision, which is calculated by applying 

a range of percentages to debt of different ages, as 
described on note 1(o) above. These percentages 
also vary between different categories of debt. Higher 
percentages are applied to those categories of debt 
which are considered to be of greater risk and also to 
debt of greater age. The value of the bad debt provision 
is sensitive to the specific percentages applied;

•   The estimation of uncertain tax provisions, which are 

assessed on advice from independent tax advisers and 
the status of ongoing discussions with the relevant tax 
authorities; and

•   The asset lives assigned to property, plant and 

equipment, details of which can be found in note  
1(d) above.

69

STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2. SEGMENTAL INFORMATION

The Directors consider that the Company has one class of business, the provision of water and sewerage services.  
All revenue is generated from within the United Kingdom.

3. OPERATING COSTS

12 MONTHS ENDED  
31 MARCH 2016

15 MONTHS ENDED  
31 MARCH 2015

Materials and consumables

Manpower costs (note 5)

Pension curtailment

Own work capitalised

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Impairment of tangible fixed assets

Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Amortisation of capital grants 

Costs of research and development

Operating lease payments

Bad debt charge

Other operating costs

£’m

21.0 

129.9 

(38.9)

(36.3)

126.0 

- 

(0.4)

(5.4)

0.8 

1.2 

18.8 

216.1 

432.8 

£’m

24.9 

152.6 

- 

(43.0)

150.6 

32.6 

(1.0)

(5.7)

1.0 

1.7 

19.2 

255.7 

588.6 

Auditor’s remuneration in respect of the statutory audit 
amounted to £129k (15 months ended 31 March 2015: 
£131k), including fees for a subsidiary, Northumbrian 
Water Finance plc (NWF), of £6k (15 months ended  
31 March 2015: £6k). Fees of £58k (years ended  
31 March 2015 and 31 March 2014: £104k) were incurred 
in respect of the APR, including the audit of the Regulatory 
Accounting Statements in accordance with the opinion 
on pages 145 to 147, and agreed upon procedures in 
respect of additional regulatory information, the statement 
of sufficiency of financial resources and facilities and 
financial resilience stress testing. Fees of £75k (15 months 
ended 31 March 2015: £60k) were incurred for non-audit 
services comprising assurance work in respect of a project 
to implement a new customer billing system and other 
assurance to third parties.

The Company carried out an extensive consultation  
with employees on changes to a defined benefit pension 
scheme which resulted in changes being made to future 
benefits. Pension accounting rules, under IAS 19 Employee 
Benefits, require the impact of these scheme changes 
to be reported as a past service cost in the income 
statement. This has resulted in an exceptional accounting 
credit of £38.9m being recognised in the year ended  
31 March 2016.

In the prior period, the impairment of tangible fixed 
assets includes an exceptional charge of £30.7m in 
relation to sludge drying plant at Bran Sands. This plant 
was constructed in the 1990s as a regional centre for 
the treatment and disposal of the sludge generated from 
NWL’s wastewater treatment process. In response to a 
combination of high operating costs and the emergence  
of new technologies, the sludge strategy was subsequently 
reviewed leading to the construction of two AAD plants 
at Bran Sands and Howdon. The sludge drying plant was 
initially retained as alternative capacity, however, during 
the period, management decided that the two AAD plants 
were operating to the expected standard of performance 
and reliability and that the sludge drying plant would  
be abandoned.

70

71

STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

4. DIRECTORS’ EMOLUMENTS

5. EMPLOYEE INFORMATION

(A) DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION

The remuneration of the Directors of the Company was as follows:

12 MONTHS ENDED  
31 MARCH 2016

15 MONTHS ENDED  
31 MARCH 2015

The total employment costs of all employees (including Directors) were as follows:

12 MONTHS ENDED  
31 MARCH 2016

15 MONTHS ENDED  
31 MARCH 2015

£’m

£’m

Emoluments (including benefits in kind)

£’000

1,836 

£’000

2,218 

GROSS COSTS CHARGED TO THE  
INCOME STATEMENT:

For those Directors holding office with both NWL and NWGL, or contributing significantly to the day to day operations  
of NWGL, costs are apportioned between the companies to reflect the level of activity carried out for each company.  
This note reflects only the proportion of costs charged to NWL.

One of the Directors at 31 March 2016 was a member of a defined benefit pension scheme where the Company makes 
contributions towards the cost (31 March 2015: 1). 

Two of the Directors at 31 March 2016 were members of a defined contribution scheme where the Company makes 
contributions towards the cost (31 March 2015: 2).

The Directors’ remuneration policy and a detailed report showing total remuneration for each Director, for the 12 months 
to 31 March 2016, are provided in the Statement on Directors’ Pay and Standards of Performance on pages 137 to 143.

(B) HIGHEST PAID DIRECTOR 

The amounts for remuneration shown in note 4(a) include the following in respect of the highest paid Director:

Emoluments (including benefits in kind)

12 MONTHS ENDED  
31 MARCH 2016

15 MONTHS ENDED  
31 MARCH 2015

£’000

706 

£’000

836 

In the year ended 31 March 2016, the highest paid Director was a member of the defined contribution scheme and the 
payments made to that scheme of £35k (fifteen months ended 31 March 2015: £35k) are included within the emoluments 
figure above.

72

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Other pensions costs

COSTS RECHARGED TO OTHER  
GROUP COMPANIES:

Wages and salaries

NET COSTS CHARGED TO THE  
PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT: 

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Other pensions costs

COSTS CHARGED TO CAPITAL SCHEMES

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Other pensions costs

76.0 

7.2 

16.2 

99.4 

3.0 

3.0 

73.0 

7.2 

16.2 

96.4 

25.8 

2.4 

5.3 

33.5 

90.8 

8.3 

17.6 

116.7 

3.0 

3.0 

87.8 

8.3 

17.6 

113.7 

30.9 

2.8 

5.2 

38.9 

Total net employee costs

129.9

152.6 

The table above excludes 
the exceptional pension 
credit in the year ended 
31 March 2016 (see note 
3). The average monthly 
number of employees 
on the payroll during the 
financial year was 3,125 
(fifteen months ended  
31 March 2015: 3,053).

73

 
 
 
 
STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

6. NET FINANCE COSTS

12 MONTHS ENDED  
31 MARCH 2016

15 MONTHS ENDED  
31 MARCH 2015

FINANCE COSTS PAYABLE:

Bank overdrafts and loans

Receivable in respect of derivatives

Amounts due to group companies

Amortisation of discount, fees, loan issue costs  
and other financing items

Accretion on index linked bonds

Interest cost on pension plan obligations

Obligations under finance leases

Less amounts capitalised on qualifying assets

Fair value losses on derivative financial instruments

Total finance costs payable

FINANCE INCOME RECEIVABLE:

Bank deposits

Amounts due from group companies

Total finance costs receivable

£’m

17.3 

(0.9)

89.1 

1.3 

7.5 

2.1 

3.9 

120.3 

(5.4)

114.9 

1.4 

116.3 

(0.3)

(9.7)

(10.0)

£’m

21.6 

- 

111.5 

1.2 

19.5 

4.9 

5.7 

164.4 

(9.4)

155.0 

- 

155.0 

(4.7)

(12.2)

(16.9)

Net finance costs payable

106.3 

138.1 

7. TAXATION

(A) TAX ON PROFIT ON ORDINARY ACTIVITIES:

CURRENT TAX:

UK current income tax charge 20% (15 months ended  
31 March 2015: 21.39%)

Adjustments in respect of prior periods

Payable in respect of group relief for the current year

Adjustments in respect of prior period group relief

Total current tax

DEFERRED TAX:

Origination and reversal of timing differences in the period at 18%  
(15 months ended 31 March 2015: 20%)

Impact of reduction in rate of UK corporation tax

Adjustments in respect of prior periods

Total deferred tax

12 MONTHS ENDED  
31 MARCH 2016

15 MONTHS ENDED  
31 MARCH 2015

£’m

8.2

(1.7)

25.6 

1.2

33.3 

16.5 

(46.6)

0.3

(29.8)

£’m

7.6

(68.3)

45.0

(1.4)

(17.1)

1.1

-

(5.6)

(4.5)

Tax charge / (credit) in the income statement

3.5

(21.6)

The rate of corporation tax was reduced from 21% to 20% with effect from 1 April 2015. Further reductions to 19% 
(with effect from 1 April 2017) and to 18% (with effect from 1 April 2020) have been enacted by the Finance (No. 2) Act 
2015. Accordingly, deferred tax has been provided in line with the rates at which temporary differences are expected  
to reverse.

Tax losses have been provisionally claimed as group relief from other group companies, for which payment is being 
made at the full rate of tax. In addition, tax losses have been provisionally claimed as consortium relief from a related 
company for which payment is being made at less than the full rate of tax.

74

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(B) TAX RELATING TO ITEMS CHARGED OUTSIDE THE INCOME STATEMENT:

(C) RECONCILIATION OF THE TAX CHARGE / (CREDIT):

DEFERRED TAX:

Actuarial gains and losses on pension scheme

Impact of reduction in rate of UK corporation tax

Financial instruments

Tax (credit) / charge in the statement of comprehensive income

12 MONTHS ENDED  
31 MARCH 2016

15 MONTHS ENDED  
31 MARCH 2015

£’m

(8.9)

1.3

(2.9)

(10.5)

£’m

3.9

-

(0.9)

3.0

76

Profit on ordinary activities before tax

12 MONTHS ENDED  
31 MARCH 2016

15 MONTHS ENDED  
31 MARCH 2015

£’m

266.4

£’m

258.6

Profit on ordinary activities multiplied by standard rate of corporation 
tax of 20% (15 months ended 31 March 2015: 21.39%)

53.3 

55.3

EFFECTS OF:

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

Non-taxable income and other tax reliefs

Depreciation in respect of non-qualifying items

Permanent differences on transition to IFRS

Consortium relief payable at less than the standard rate

Impact on deferred tax of change in tax rate

Deferred tax movement not at average rate for the period

Adjustments in respect of prior periods

Transfer pricing adjustments

Balancing payment payable

Total current tax charge / (credit) (note 7(a))

0.1

(1.6)

1.0

0.6

(1.9)

(46.6)

(1.8)

0.4

(0.8)

0.8

3.5

0.2

(1.9)

1.2

-

(1.3)

-

0.2

(75.3)

(0.8)

0.8

(21.6)

77

STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(D) DEFERRED TAX

At January 2014

Charge/(credit) in the income statement

Charge/(credit) in other comprehensive income

At 31 March 2015

Charge/(credit) in the income statement

Charge/(credit) in other comprehensive income

At 31 March 2016

ACCELERATED TAX 
DEPRECIATION

DEFERRED INCOME

RETIREMENT 
BENEFIT 
OBLIGATIONS

FAIR VALUE 
HEDGING 
INSTRUMENTS

BUSINESS 
COMBINATIONS

OTHER

TOTAL

£’m

509.8

3.0

-

512.8

(39.5)

-

473.3

£’m

(54.5)

(4.4)

-

(58.9)

4.9

-

(54.0)

£’m

(17.7)

(4.4)

3.9

(18.2)

5.5

(7.6)

(20.3)

£’m

(1.9)

-

(0.9)

(2.8)

(0.3)

(2.9)

(6.0)

£’m

7.1

(0.2)

-

6.9

(0.8)

-

6.1

£’m

3.7

1.5

-

5.2

0.4

-

5.6

£’m

446.5

(4.5)

3.0

445.0

(29.8)

(10.5)

404.7

(E) FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE TAX CHARGES:

The Company expects to continue to incur high levels of capital expenditure during the 2015-20 regulatory review 
period which, under current tax legislation, should result in claims for tax reliefs in excess of depreciation.

In addition to the changes to the main rate of corporation tax referred to in note 7(a), the UK Government has proposed 
that the rate of tax applicable from April 2020 should be reduced by a further 1% to 17%. The proposal was included in 
the Finance Bill 2016 published on 24 March 2016 but, as this change had not been enacted or substantively enacted by 
the balance sheet date, it has not been used as a basis to calculate the Company’s tax position. If the rate had applied at 
the balance sheet date, the company’s deferred tax liabilities would have been £22.5m lower, at £382.2m.

78

79

STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

8. DIVIDENDS

EQUITY: 
DIVIDENDS PAID:

Interim paid for the year ended 31 March 2016 of nil (period ended  
31 March 2015: 84.18p) per share on an aggregated basis

Interim paid for the year ended 31 March 2016 of 85.61p (period ended  
31 March 2015: 84.18p) per share on an aggregated basis

Interim paid for the year ended 31 March 2016 of 86.42p (period ended  
31 March 2015: 85.61p) per share on an aggregated basis

Total dividends paid in the period

12 MONTHS ENDED  
31 MARCH 2016

15 MONTHS ENDED  
31 MARCH 2015

£’m 

£’m

- 

105.0 

106.0 

211.0 

103.2 

103.3 

105.0 

311.5 

No final dividend was proposed for the year ended  
31 March 2016 (period ended 31 March 2015: nil).

Accordingly, the level of dividend has been declared  
by reference to:

The Directors have a policy which aims to grow dividends 
on a slow but regular basis and which takes into account 
the principle of incentive based price cap regulation, 
including operating and investment performance. 
Following a change in the Company’s statutory accounting 
reference date, the timing of dividend payments was 
amended, with the payment budgeted for April 2015 
advanced by one month and paid in March 2015. As a 
consequence, a third interim dividend was paid in the 
previous period. This did not change the underlying 
dividend policy, or change the total dividend paid to the 
shareholder in the calendar year to 31 December 2015.

•  The Company’s ability to finance its functions;

•   The Company’s cumulative financial performance  

and past outperformance; and

•   Maintaining the Company’s stable strong investment 

grade credit ratings.

80

STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

9. PROPERTY, PLANT 
AND EQUIPMENT

FREEHOLD LAND 
AND BUILDINGS

INFRASTRUCTURE 
ASSETS

OPERATIONAL STRUCTURES, 
PLANT AND MACHINERY

FIXTURES, FITTINGS, 
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

ASSETS IN THE COURSE 
OF CONSTRUCTION

TOTAL

COST:

At 1 April 2015

Additions

Schemes commissioned

Disposals

At 31 March 2016

DEPRECIATION:

At 1 April 2015

Charge for the year

Disposals

At 31 March 2016

NET BOOK VALUE:

At 31 March 2016

At 31 March 2015

LEASED ASSETS INCLUDED ABOVE:

Net book value:

At 31 March 2016

At 31 March 2015

82

£’m

£’m

146.2 

- 

1.1 

(1.4)

145.9 

51.5 

2.9 

(0.8)

53.6 

92.3 

94.7 

- 

- 

2,525.4 

6.4 

82.9 

(5.5)

2,609.2 

305.6 

28.1 

(3.6)

330.1 

2,279.1 

2,219.8 

44.8 

45.3 

£’m

2,694.1 

2.9 

80.4 

(2.8)

2,774.6 

1,084.6 

80.9 

(2.3)

1,163.2 

1,611.4 

1,609.5 

18.0 

18.6 

£’m

243.5 

0.9 

14.1 

(0.2)

258.3 

175.9 

14.1 

(0.2)

189.8 

68.5 

67.6 

- 

- 

£’m

£’m

83.8 

213.0 

(178.5)

- 

5,693.0 

223.2 

- 

(9.9)

118.3 

5,906.3 

- 

- 

- 

- 

1,617.6 

126.0 

(6.9)

1,736.7 

118.3 

4,169.6 

83.8 

4,075.4 

- 

- 

62.8 

63.9 

Operational structures, plant and machinery 
include an element of land dedicated to those 
assets. It is not possible to separately identify 
the value of all land assets. 

Cumulative borrowing costs capitalised in the 
cost of property, plant and equipment amount 
to £30.0m (31 March 2015: £24.6m). The 
capitalisation rate used to determine the amount 
of borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation 
was 5.62% (15 months ended 31 March 2015: 
5.62%).

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

10. FINANCIAL INVESTMENTS

11. INVENTORIES

At 1 April 2015 and 31 March 2016 

£’m

160.9

Raw materials and consumables

£’m

2.4

£’m

2.3

LOANS TO GROUP COMPANIES

31 MARCH 2016

31 MARCH 2015

(A) LOANS TO GROUP COMPANIES

In May 2004, the Company made a loan of £159.0m to 
Northumbrian Services Limited (NSL), maturing in January 
2034. Following a restructuring of the NWGL group, this 
loan was reassigned to NWGL on 29 March 2016 at a 
variable interest rate linked to LIBOR.

In May 2004, the Company made a loan of £1.5m to 
Bakethin Holdings Limited, maturing in January 2034. The 
interest on the loan is capitalised and at 31 March 2016 the 
balance was £1.9m (31 March 2015: £1.9m).

(B) SUBSIDIARIES

The Company’s interests in subsidiaries at 31 March 2016 were as follows:

NAME OF UNDERTAKING

COUNTRY OF 
INCORPORATION OR 
REGISTRATION AND 
OPERATION

DESCRIPTION 
OF SHARES 
HELD

PROPORTION OF 
NOMINAL VALUE OF 
ISSUED SHARES HELD 
BY COMPANY (%)

BUSINESS 
ACTIVITY

Northumbrian Water Finance plc

England and Wales

Reiver Finance Limited

England and Wales

Reiver Holdings Limited

England and Wales

Ordinary shares 
of £1

Ordinary shares 
of £1

Ordinary shares 
of £1

100 

Holding 
of finance 
instruments

100 

Finance

100 

Holding 
company

The Company also has two quasi-subsidiary special purpose entities, Bakethin Holdings Limited, which is wholly owned 
by Bakethin Charitable Trust, and Bakethin Finance plc, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Bakethin Holdings Limited. 
The principal activity of Bakethin Finance plc is as a special purpose financing vehicle.

12. TRADE AND  
OTHER RECEIVABLES

Trade receivables

Doubtful debt provision

Income tax receivable

Amounts owed by other group companies

Other receivables

Prepayments and accrued income

31 MARCH 2016

31 MARCH 2015

£’m

£’m

177.2 

(83.7)

10.7

4.8 

4.7 

72.0 

185.7

170.5 

(77.3)

73.3 

6.1 

7.0 

71.6 

251.2 

84

85

STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

13. TRADE AND  
OTHER PAYABLES 

Trade payables

Amounts owed to other group companies

Amounts owed to related parties

Taxation and social security

Other payables

Accruals and deferred income

31 MARCH 2016

31 MARCH 2015

£’m

8.7 

13.7 

3.8

3.5

24.9 

103.4 

158.0

£’m

8.5 

24.1 

9.5 

2.5

29.2

100.3 

174.1 

14. LOANS AND BORROWINGS

31 MARCH 2016

31 MARCH 2015

CURRENT:

Bank overdrafts

Current instalments due on external borrowings

Current instalments due on internal borrowings

NON-CURRENT:

Non-current instalments due on external borrowings

Non-current instalments due on internal borrowings

£’m

2.5

-

94.3

96.8

558.7

1,889.1

2,447.8

£’m

0.7

124.3

82.5

207.5

406.8

1,882.5

2,289.3

(A) EXTERNAL BORROWINGS:

Loans wholly repayable within five years amount to 
£190.8m (31 March 2015: £125.3m).

Loans not wholly repayable within five years amount to 
£367.9m (31 March 2015: £407.1m) and bear interest rates 
in the range 1.47% to 5.35%.

The fair value loss on the Company’s outstanding interest 
rate swaps in the year to 31 March 2016 was £7.8m  
(15 months to 31 March 2015: £9.3m) in relation to interest 
rate swaps with a notional principal of £360m (15 months 
to 31 March 2015: £70.0m).

(B) INTERNAL BORROWINGS:

NWF issued £200m and £150m Guaranteed Eurobonds in 
February 1998 and September 2001 respectively, maturing 
February 2023, with an annual coupon of 6.875%. The 
issues were guaranteed by the Company who received the 
issue proceeds by way of inter-company loans of £194.2m 
and £163.2m respectively. Finance costs allocated during 
the year amounted to £0.2m (15 months ended 31 March 
2015: £0.3m). Amortisation of loan issue receipts during 
the year amounted to £0.3m (15 months ended 31 March 
2015: £0.4m).

NWF issued £300m Guaranteed Eurobonds in December 
2001, maturing October 2017, with an annual coupon of 
6.0%. The issue was guaranteed by the Company who 
received the issue proceeds by way of an inter-company 
loan of £301.0m. Amortisation of loan receipts during the 
year amounted to £0.1m (15 months ended 31 March 
2015: £0.1m).

NWF issued £250m and £100m Guaranteed Eurobonds 
in December 2002 and December 2004, maturing April 
2033 with an annual coupon of 5.625%. Both issues were 
guaranteed by the Company who received the issue 
proceeds by way of inter-company loans of £246.6m and 
£100.8m respectively. Finance costs allocated during the 
year amounted to £0.2m (15 months ended 31 March 
2015: £0.3m).

NWF issued £150m Guaranteed Index Linked Eurobonds 
in September 2005, maturing July 2036, with a real coupon 
of 2.033%. The issue was guaranteed by the Company who 
received the issue proceeds by way of an inter-company 
loan of £150.0m. Indexation accretion during the year 
amounted to £2.1m (15 months ended 31 March 2015: 
£5.2m).

NWF issued £60m Guaranteed Index Linked Eurobonds  
in January 2006, maturing January 2041, with a real  
coupon of 1.6274%. The issue was guaranteed by the 
Company who received the issue proceeds by way of  
an inter-company loan of £60.0m. Indexation accretion 
during the year amounted to £0.8m (15 months ended  
31 March 2015: £2.0m).

NWF issued two £100m Guaranteed Index Linked 
Eurobonds in June 2006 with real coupons of 1.7118%  
and 1.7484% and with maturities of 2049 and 2053 
respectively. Both issues were guaranteed by the Company 
who received the issue proceeds by way of two inter-
company loans of £100.0m. Indexation accretion during 
the year amounted to £2.7m (15 months ended 31 March 
2015: £6.7m).

NWF issued £360m Guaranteed Eurobonds in January 
2012, maturing January 2042, with an annual coupon  
of 5.125%. The issue was guaranteed by the Company  
who received the issue proceeds by way of an inter-
company loan of £338.8m. Finance costs allocated  
during the year amounted to £0.7m (15 months ended  
31 March 2015: £0.9m).

86

87

STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

15. OBLIGATIONS UNDER  
HIRE PURCHASE CONTRACTS  
AND FINANCE LEASES

(A) OBLIGATIONS UNDER HIRE PURCHASE CONTRACTS AND FINANCE LEASES ARE AS FOLLOWS:

(B) LEASE COMMITMENTS:

31 MARCH 2016

31 MARCH 2015

The Company has entered into non-cancellable operating leases in respect of land and buildings, plant, machinery and 
motor vehicles. The future minimum rentals payable under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

AMOUNTS DUE:

Within one year

In the second to fifth years inclusive

After five years

LESS:

Finance charge allocated to future periods

DISCLOSED AS DUE:

Current liability

Non current liability

£’m

8.5 

66.3 

78.7 

153.5 

(43.8)

109.7 

8.5 

101.2 

109.7 

£’m

5.8 

68.7 

82.7 

157.2 

(49.5)

107.7 

5.8 

101.9 

107.7 

31 MARCH 2016

31 MARCH 2015

Not later than one year

After one year but not more than five years

After five years

£’m

0.7 

2.7 

35.0 

38.4 

16. PROVISIONS 

PENSION PROVISION FOR FORMER EMPLOYEES:

At 1 April 2015

Utilised during the period

At 31 March 2016

ANALYSED AS:

Current

Non-current

£’m

0.7 

2.8 

34.9 

38.4 

£’M

1.8 

(0.2)

1.6 

0.2 

1.4 

1.6 

88

89

The provision represents outstanding pension liabilities for pensions that have been awarded on a discretionary basis, 
mainly to former employees of water companies which have since merged with the Company. These pension liabilities 
have been calculated by an independent actuary, using the same actuarial assumptions as applied to the defined benefit 
pension scheme, and are expected to be paid over the remaining lives, which is approximately seven years. 

STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

17. GRANTS AND 
DEFERRED INCOME

CAPITAL GRANTS AND 
CONTRIBUTIONS

PROCEEDS 
FROM KIELDER 
SECURITISATION

At 1 April 2015

Additions

Disposal

Amortised during the period

At 31 March 2016

£’m

£’m

£’m

358.8 

32.6 

(1.7)

(5.8)

383.9 

134.9 

- 

- 

(7.0)

127.9 

493.7 

32.6 

(1.7)

(12.8)

511.8 

The Kielder securitisation involved the assignment of the right to the future income stream associated with the Kielder 
operating contract until 2034 to Reiver Finance Limited, a subsidiary company, in return for consideration of £212.1m. 
This income is amortised to the income statement of the Company over the life of the assignment.

18. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

TOTAL

At 31 March 2016, the Company held the following interest rate swaps, designated as hedges of future interest cash  
flows, used to convert variable rate interest payments to a fixed rate basis:

NOTIONAL AMOUNT

START DATE

TERMINATION DATE

FIXED RATE

£100.0m

£150.0m

15 September 2008

15 March 2022

15 October 2015

15 October 2025

4.79%

2.36%

At 31 March 2016, the Company held the following interest rate swap, designated as a hedge of future interest cash  
flows, used to fixed rate interest payments to an index linked rate basis:

NOTIONAL AMOUNT

START DATE

TERMINATION DATE

INDEX LINKED RATE

£150.0m

15 October 2015

15 October 2025

-0.42%

At 31 March 2016 and 31 March 2015, the Company held the following forward power contracts, designated as hedges  
of expected future purchases:

NOTIONAL AMOUNT

START DATE

TERMINATION DATE

PRICE PER MWH £

166,896 MWH

165,984 MWH

166,896 MWH

166,896 MWH

1 April 2018

30 September 2018

1 October 2018

31 March 2019

1 April 2019

30 September 2019

1 October 2019

31 March 2020

50.7

56.2

52.2

56.8

31 MARCH 2016

31 MARCH 2015

£’m

£’m

At 31 March 2016 (31 March 2015:nil), the Company held the following fuel hedge, designated as a hedge of expected 
future purchases.

NOTIONAL AMOUNT

START DATE

TERMINATION DATE

PRICE PER LITRE £

Financial liabilities that are designated and effective as  
hedging instruments carried at fair value:

Interest rate swaps

Power forward contracts

Financial liabilities carried at fair value  
through profit and loss:

Interest rate swaps

Fuel hedge

90

16.3 

13.6 

0.5 

0.9 

31.3 

9.0 

5.0 

- 

- 

14.0 

3,000,000 litres

3,000,000 litres

3,000,000 litres

3,000,000 litres

1 April 2016

1 April 2017

1 April 2018

1 April 2019

31 March 2017

31 March 2018

31 March 2019

31 March 2020

0.3025

0.3250

0.3435

0.3562

91

STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

19. SHARE CAPITAL

AUTHORISED:

122,650,000 Ordinary Shares of £1 each  
(31 March 2015: 122,650,000)

Allotted, called-up and fully paid:

122,650,000 Ordinary Shares of £1 each  
(31 March 2015: 122,650,000)

NWL is a company limited by shares.

31 MARCH 2016

31 MARCH 2015

£’m

£’m

122.7

122.7

122.7

122.7

20. FINANCIAL COMMITMENTS

(A) CAPITAL COMMITMENTS:

(a) Contractual commitments for the  
acquisition of property, plant and equipment

31 MARCH 2016

31 MARCH 2015

£’m

144.2

£’m

89.5 

In addition to these commitments, the Company has longer term expenditure plans, including investment to deliver 
business outcomes, maintain the health of the asset base and provide for new demand and growth in the regulated part 
of the business.

(B) FOREIGN CURRENCY COMMITMENTS

At 31 March 2016 the Company held forward foreign exchange contracts of £5.8m (31 March 2015: £2.7m) for the 
purpose of hedging the foreign currency risk of committed future purchases.

Employer contributions of £23.2m were paid in the year  
to 31 March 2016, of which £11m related to deficit 
reduction, with a further £3.7m paid on behalf of 
employees under a salary sacrifice arrangement. For  
the year to 31 March 2017, employer contributions, 
including deficit reduction, are projected to be £23.1m.  
In addition, the employers expect to pay £3.8m on behalf  
of employees under the salary sacrifice arrangement.

The Scheme also has a defined contribution section which 
had 1,530 active members at 31 March 2016 (31 March 
2015: 1,356). Members can choose to contribute either 3%, 
4% or 5% of salary, with employers contributing at either 
6%, 7% or 8% depending on the member contribution rate. 
The contributions paid to the defined contribution section 
by the Company in the year totalled £4.4m (15 months 
ended 31 March 2015: £4.5m). 

The additional disclosures regarding the defined benefit 
scheme as required under FRS 101 and the relevant  
impact on the financial statements are set out below.  
A qualified actuary, using revised assumptions that are 
consistent with the requirements of FRS 101 has updated 
the actuarial valuation described above as at 31 March 
2016. Investments have been valued, for this purpose,  
at fair value.

21. PENSIONS

NWL participates in the Group defined benefit pension 
scheme, NWPS, providing benefits to 1,446 active 
members at 31 March 2016 (31 March 2015: 1,604).  
The assets of the NWPS are held separately from those  
of the Group in independently administered funds. 

The most recent actuarial valuation of the NWPS was  
at 31 December 2013. At that date, the value of assets 
amounted to £785.9m and the liabilities were £946.2m, 
resulting in a deficit of £160.3m and a funding level of 
83.1%. 

The finalisation of this valuation was deferred until 
November 2015, because the Company commenced a 
consultation with members on proposed changes to the 
Scheme in January 2015. The consultation concluded in 
September 2015 and agreed a number of changes to the 
original proposal.

The main changes to the scheme, which took effect 
from 1 January 2016, were to base benefits on a career 
average revalued earnings (CARE) basis, changing from 
a final salary basis, with accrued benefits at the date of 
implementation to be revalued in line with CPI and future 
CARE accrual to be revalued at RPI, both capped at 2.5%.

Recognition of the benefit changes in the actuarial 
valuation would have resulted in a revised deficit of £106m 
at 31 December 2013. The Trustee took account of both 
the Scheme changes and significant adverse post-valuation 
market movements between the valuation date and  
31 March 2015 in setting its contribution strategy. The 
future service contribution rate jointly payable by 
members and the employers from 1 January 2016 is 29.4% 
of pensionable salaries. Members’ contributions are 7.3% 
on average with the employers paying 22.1%, including 
1.5% in respect of insurance premiums and expenses. 
In addition, the employers committed to making deficit 
reduction payments of £11m per annum, commencing  
1 April 2015, increasing annually by RPI.

92

93

STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FRS 101 ACTUARIAL ASSUMPTIONS:

31 MARCH 2016

31 MARCH 2015

THE AMOUNTS RECOGNISED IN THE INCOME STATEMENT AND IN THE STATEMENT OF 
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME ARE ANALYSED AS FOLLOWS:

Discount rate 

Pay increases1 

Price inflation (RPI) 

Price inflation (CPI) 

Pension increases linked to RPI 

Pension increases linked to CPI 

Mortality assumptions2 

- Life expectancy for a member aged 65 - female (years)

- Life expectancy for a member aged 65 - male (years)

1 including promotional salary scale 

3.6%

3.0%

2.9%

1.9%

2.9%

1.9%

24.9

23.2 

3.3%

3.0%

2.9%

1.9%

2.9%

1.9%

24.7

22.4

2 March 2016 scheme specific bespoke ‘Vitacurves’ ; March 2015 115% of PCMA00/PCFA00 (year of birth with  
medium cohort improvements).

THE FAIR VALUE OF THE ASSETS IN THE NWPS AND THE PRESENT VALUE OF THE LIABILITIES  
IN THE SCHEME ARE SHOWN BELOW: 

31 MARCH 2016

31 MARCH 2015

Equities

Debt securities

Property related funds

Cash

Other

Total fair value of assets

Present value of liabilities

Deficit 

£’m

350.5 

278.4 

105.4 

31.7 

104.2 

870.2 

(960.1)

(89.9)

£'m

372.8 

281.7 

96.0 

39.0 

94.7 

884.2 

(970.9)

(86.7)

RECOGNISED IN THE INCOME STATEMENT:

31 MARCH 2016

31 MARCH 2015

Current service cost

Administration cost

Past service cost

Exceptional pension credit

Recognised in operating costs in arriving at operating profit

Net interest cost on plan obligations

Recognised in finance costs

RECOGNISED IN THE STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME:

Changes in demographic assumptions

Changes in financial assumptions

Return on assets (excluding amounts included in  
finance costs)

Other actuarial (losses) / gains

Net actuarial (losses) / gains

The exceptional pension credit is explained in note 3 on page 71.

£'m

14.9 

1.7 

0.8

(38.9)

(21.5)

(2.1)

(2.1)

(7.5)

49.7 

(25.5)

(66.2)

(49.5)

£'m

16.6 

1.7 

0.2 

-

18.5 

(4.9)

(4.9

29.1 

(104.5)

94.3 

0.8 

19.7 

94

95

 
STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CHANGES IN THE PRESENT VALUE OF THE DEFINED PENSION 
OBLIGATION ARE ANALYSED AS FOLLOWS: 

At start of period

Current service cost

Administration cost

Past service cost

Exceptional pension credit

Interest cost

Contributions by plan participants

Benefits paid

REMEASUREMENT:

Changes in demographic assumptions

Changes in financial assumptions

Other actuarial gains and losses

At end of period

CHANGES IN THE FAIR VALUE OF PLAN ASSETS  
ARE ANALYSED AS FOLLOWS:

At start of period

Interest income on scheme assets

Contributions by employer

Contributions by plan participants

Benefits paid

Return on assets (excluding amounts included in finance costs)

At end of period

31 MARCH 2016

31 MARCH 2015

£'m

£'m

RISKS TO WHICH THE SCHEME EXPOSES THE COMPANY

The nature of the Scheme exposes the Company to the risk of paying unanticipated additional contributions to the 
Scheme in times of adverse experience. The most financially significant risks are likely to be: 

970.9 

14.9 

1.7 

0.8

(38.9)

31.0 

0.2 

(44.5)

7.5 

(49.7)

66.2 

960.1 

884.2 

28.9 

26.9 

0.2 

(44.5)

(25.5)

870.2 

•  Members living for longer than expected; 

•  Higher than expected actual inflation and salary increase experience;

•  Lower than expected investment returns; and 

•  The risk that movements in the value of the Scheme’s liabilities are not met by corresponding movements in the value 

of the Scheme’s assets.

ASSET-LIABILITY MATCHING STRATEGIES USED BY THE SCHEME OR THE COMPANY

The Scheme does not currently use any asset-liability matching strategies. The Trustee’s current investment strategy, 
having consulted with the Company, is to invest the majority of the Scheme’s assets in a mix of equities and corporate 
bonds, in order to strike a balance between: 

•  Maximising the returns on the Scheme’s assets; and 

•  Minimising the risks associated with lower than expected returns on the Scheme’s assets.

The Trustee is required to regularly review their investment strategy in light of the revised term and nature of the 
Scheme’s liabilities.

SENSITIVITY TO KEY ASSUMPTIONS

The costs of a pension arrangement require estimates regarding future experience. The financial assumptions used for 
FRS 101 reporting are the responsibility of the Directors of the Company. These assumptions reflect market conditions 
at the balance sheet date. Changes in market conditions which result in changes in the net discount rate (essentially the 
difference between the discount rate and the assumed rates of increases of salaries, deferred pension revaluation or 
pensions in payment), can have a significant effect on the value of the liabilities reported.

Change in assumptions compared with actuarial assumption for the NWPS:

IMPACT OF CHANGES IN ACTUARIAL ASSUMPTIONS FOR THE NWPS

ACTUARIAL VALUE OF LIABILITIES ON 31 MARCH 2016:

0.5% decrease in discount rate

1 year increase in life expectancy

-0.5% change in salary increases

-0.5% change in inflation

£’m

1,043.9

988.9

960.1

881.3

872.2 

16.6 

1.7 

0.2 

-

49.1 

0.2 

(43.7)

(29.1)

104.5 

(0.8)

970.9 

785.5 

44.2 

3.7 

0.2 

(43.7)

94.3 

884.2 

NATURE OF BENEFITS, REGULATORY FRAMEWORK AND OTHER ENTITY’S RESPONSIBILITIES FOR 
GOVERNANCE OF THE SCHEME

The Scheme is a registered defined benefit scheme subject to the UK regulatory framework for pensions, including the 
scheme specific funding requirements. The Scheme is operated under trust and as such, the Trustee of the Scheme is 
responsible for operating the Scheme and they have a statutory responsibility to act in accordance with the Scheme’s 
Trust Deed and Rules, in the best interest of the beneficiaries of the Scheme, and UK legislation (including Trust law).  
The Trustee has the power to set the contributions that are paid to the Scheme. 

Active members

Deferred members

Pensioners 

96

NUMBER OF MEMBERS

LIABILITY SPLIT (%)

DURATION (YEARS)

1,446

1,200

3,149

38

14

48

24.3

21.3

12.3

97

MATURITY PROFILE OF THE DEFINED BENEFIT OBLIGATION FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016:

STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

22. RELATED  
PARTY DISCLOSURES

The Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of NWGL, 
whose publicly available consolidated financial statements 
include the Company. Accordingly, the Company is exempt 
under the terms of IAS 24 ‘Related Party Disclosures’ from 
disclosing transactions with other members of the Group 
headed by NWGL.

Transactions with related parties outside of the NWGL 
group comprised purchases of £4.7m (15 months ended 
31 March 2015: £2.4m), sales of £nil (15 months ended  
31 March 2015: £0.1m) and consortium tax relief of £9.5m 
(15 months ended 31 March 2015: £7.1m). There were no 
amounts due from or to these companies at 31 March 2016 
(15 months ended 31 March 2015: £nil) in respect of sales 
or purchases. £3.8m (15 months ended 31 March 2015: 
£9.5m) is owed in respect of tax losses surrendered to 
Hutchison 3G UK Limited (note 13).

The companies with which NWL had transactions during 
the year, included in the above balances, were as follows:

•  Cheung Kong Infrastructure Holdings Limited; 

•  Northern Gas Networks Limited;

•  Hutchison 3G UK Limited;

•  Hutchison Whampoa (Europe) Limited; and 

•  UK Power Networks (Operations) Limited.

23. ULTIMATE PARENT 
UNDERTAKING AND 
CONTROLLING PARTY

In the Directors’ opinion, the Company’s ultimate parent 
undertaking and controlling party is CKHH, a company 
listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange. This is the  
parent undertaking of the largest group of undertakings  
for which group financial statements are drawn up and  
of which the reporting company is a member. Copies  
of CKHH’s group financial statements, which include  
the Company, are available from http://www.ckh.com.hk/
en/ir/annual.php.

The parent undertaking of the smallest group of 
undertakings for which group financial statements are 
drawn up, and of which the reporting company is a 
member, is NWGL, which is incorporated in England 
and Wales. Copies of NWGL’s group financial statements 
will be available in due course from Northumbria House, 
Abbey Road, Pity Me, Durham DH1 5FJ.

98

24. TRANSITION TO IFRS

This is the first year the Company has presented its financial statements under FRS 101. The following disclosures are 
required in the year of transition. The previous financial statements were for the fifteen months ended 31 March 2015, 
therefore the date of transition to FRS 101 was 1 January 2014.

(A) RECONCILIATION OF EQUITY:

CASH FLOW 
HEDGE 
RESERVE

PROFIT 
AND LOSS 
ACCOUNT

SHARE 
CAPITAL

TOTAL 
EQUITY

£’m

£’m

£’m

£’m

AS AT 1 JANUARY 2014

Equity reported under previous UK GAAP

Property, plant and equipment (IAS 16)

Capitalisation of interest (IAS 23)

Financial instruments (IAS 39)

Borrowings

Deferred tax

Deferred tax discount

Equity reported under FRS 101

AS AT 31 MARCH 2015

Equity reported under previous UK GAAP

Property, plant and equipment (IAS 16)

Capitalisation of interest (IAS 23)

Financial instruments (IAS 39)

Borrowings

Deferred tax

Deferred tax discount

Equity reported under FRS 101

-

-

-

(9.4)

-

1.9

-

(7.5) 

-

-

-

(14.0)

-

2.8

-

(11.2)

789.0

122.7

61.2

14.1

-

(2.3)

(125.5)

(162.5)

574.0

-

-

-

-

-

-

122.7

678.8

122.7

76.8

22.5

-

(1.4)

(77.1)

(141.1)

558.5

-

-

-

-

-

-

122.7

911.7

61.2

14.1

(9.4)

(2.3)

(123.6)

(162.5)

689.2

801.5

76.8

22.5

(14.0)

(1.4)

(74.3)

(141.1)

670.0

99

STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(B) RECONCILIATION OF TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME  
FOR THE 15 MONTHS ENDED 31 MARCH 2015: 

Total comprehensive income for the 15 months under previous UK GAAP

Property, plant and equipment (IAS 16) 

Capitalisation of interest (IAS 23) 

Financial instruments (IAS 39)

Borrowings

Deferred tax

Deferred tax discount

Total comprehensive income for the 15 month period under FRS 101

£’m

201.3

15.6

8.4

(4.6)

0.9

49.3

21.4

292.3 

construction of assets, less subsequent depreciation.

Transfers of assets from customers (IFRIC 18)

The carrying value of both property, plant and equipment 
and deferred capital grants and deferred income has 
been increased by £57.5m in respect of assets transferred 
from customers for non-cash consideration, under 
IFRIC 18. This typically represents network assets and 
wastewater pumping stations adopted by the Company 
from developers. This has no net impact on either equity 
reserves or total comprehensive income.

Financial Instruments (IAS 39)

Under FRS 101, the Company is required to apply IAS 39 
Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement (note 
18). The impact of recognising the fair value of an interest 
rate swap upon transition, was a liability of £9.4m.

Borrowings

A fair value adjustment of £2.3m was made in the 
consolidated financial statements of NWGL reflecting a 
historic transaction which changed the counter party to a 
finance lease. This has been recognised in the accounts  
of the Company on transition to IFRS.

Deferred tax

Deferred tax has been provided in respect of the changes 
to carrying values detailed above. Discounting of deferred 
tax, which was included in the previous UK GAAP numbers 
but is not permitted under IAS 12, has been removed.

(C) NOTES ON RECONCILIATION OF EQUITY  
AS AT 1 JANUARY 2014:

As stated in note 1(a), upon transition to IFRS, the 
Company has measured its assets and liabilities at the 
carrying amounts included in NWGL’s consolidated 
financial statements, which were reported under IFRS. This 
is in accordance with appendix D16 of IFRS 1 First-time 
Adoption of IFRS.

Property, plant and equipment (IAS 16)

Adjustments in respect of IAS 16 (£61.2m) have been 
made to property, plant and equipment (note 9) and 
grants and deferred income (note 17) to reflect the 
carrying amount included in NWGL’s consolidated 
financial statements. This principally relates to differences 
in accounting for maintenance activity on infrastructure 
assets.

Under previous UK GAAP, as permitted by FRS 15.97, 
the depreciation charge for infrastructure assets being 
maintained in a steady state under a certified asset 
management plan was calculated as the average long  
term maintenance expenditure, net of contributions.  
Under IAS 16 this treatment may not be applied. 
Components of the infrastructure network have been 
identified and useful economic lives and residual values 
determined so that each part can be depreciated 
individually.

As a result, property, plant and equipment has increased 
by £89.4m and capital grants and deferred income by 
£28.2m.

Capitalisation of interest (IAS 23)

The net book value of property, plant and equipment 
has been increased by £14.1m in respect of borrowing 
costs which have been capitalised as part of the cost of 

100

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S 
REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF 
NORTHUMBRIAN WATER LIMITED

We have audited the financial statements of Northumbrian 
Water Limited for the year ended 31 March 2016 which 
comprise the Income Statement, the Statement of 
Comprehensive Income, the Balance Sheet, the Statement 
of Changes in Equity and the related notes 1 to 24. The 
financial reporting framework that has been applied in 
their preparation is applicable law and United Kingdom 
Accounting Standards (United Kingdom Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice) including FRS 101 
Reduced Disclosure Framework.

This report is made solely to the Company’s members,  
as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of  
the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been 
undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s 
members those matters we are required to state to them  
in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the 
fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or 
assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company 
and the Company’s members as a body, for our audit 
work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

RESPECTIVE RESPONSIBILITIES OF DIRECTORS 
AND AUDITOR

As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities 
Statement, the Directors are responsible for the 
preparation of the financial statements and for being 
satisfied that they give a true and fair view. Our 
responsibility is to audit and express an opinion on the 
financial statements in accordance with applicable law 
and International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). 
Those standards require us to comply with the Auditing 
Practices Board’s Ethical Standards for Auditors.

SCOPE OF THE AUDIT OF THE FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS

An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts 
and disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to 
give reasonable assurance that the financial statements 
are free from material misstatement, whether caused by 
fraud or error. This includes an assessment of: whether 
the accounting policies are appropriate to the company’s 
circumstances and have been consistently applied and 
adequately disclosed; the reasonableness of significant 
accounting estimates made by the Directors; and the 
overall presentation of the financial statements. In addition, 

we read all the financial and non-financial information 
in the annual report to identify material inconsistencies 
with the audited financial statements and to identify any 
information that is apparently materially incorrect based 
on, or materially inconsistent with, the knowledge  
acquired by us in the course of performing the audit. If  
we become aware of any apparent material misstatements 
or inconsistencies we consider the implications for  
our report.

OPINION ON FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

In our opinion the financial statements:

•  Give a true and fair view of the state of the Company’s 
affairs as at 31 March 2016 and of its profit for the year 
then ended;

•  Have been properly prepared in accordance with United 
Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice; and

•  Have been prepared in accordance with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

OPINION ON OTHER MATTER PRESCRIBED  
BY THE COMPANIES ACT 2006

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the 
course of the audit:

•  The information given in the Strategic Report and the 

Governance Report (including the Directors’ Report) for 
the financial year for which the financial statements are 
prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and

•  The Strategic Report and the Governance Report 

(including the Directors’ Report) have been prepared  
in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of 
the Company and its environment obtained in the 
course of the audit, we have not identified any material 
misstatements in the Strategic Report and the Governance 
Report (including the Directors’ Report).

101

STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MATTERS ON WHICH WE ARE REQUIRED TO 
REPORT BY EXCEPTION

We have nothing to report in respect of the following 
matters where the Companies Act 2006 requires us  
to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  Adequate accounting records have not been kept,  
or returns adequate for our audit have not been 
received from branches not visited by us;

•  The financial statements are not in agreement with  

the accounting records and returns;

•  Certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration  

specified by law are not made; and

•  We have not received all the information and 

explanations we require for our audit.

Anthony Matthews (Senior statutory auditor)  
for and on behalf of Deloitte LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditor  
Newcastle Upon Tyne, United Kingdom, 
15 July 2016

102

xx

ANNUAL 
PERFORMANCE 
REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

INTRODUCTION

The APR sets out the performance in 2015-16 of NWL’s 
regulated business, as defined under our Licence, in 
both financial terms and against our business outcome 
performance commitments. The purpose of this report 
is provide a transparent and reliable account of our 
performance and to confirm our compliance with the  
terms of our Licence.

Further information about our performance and governance is available on our websites in a more customer-friendly 
presentation, at www.nwl.co.uk, www.eswater.co.uk and www.welivewater.co.uk.

The APR has been structured in the following sections and complies with the requirements of Ofwat’s Regulatory 
Accounting Guidelines (RAGs).

GOVERNANCE AND ASSURANCE 

DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES 
AND DECLARATIONS 

REGULATORY ACCOUNTING STATEMENTS 

Regulatory accounting policies and disclosures 

Regulatory financial reporting 

Price review and other segmental reporting 

Appointed business taxation 

Disclosure of transactions with associates 

Statement on Directors’ pay and standards of performance 

page 107

page 110

page 112 

page 114 

page 121

page 132

page 134 

page 137 

Independent auditor’s report to Ofwat and the Directors of NWL 

page 145 

OTHER REGULATORY REPORTING 

Our Performance 2015-16 

Additional regulatory information 

page 148

page 192

GOVERNANCE AND ASSURANCE

It is important that we have robust governance and 
assurance arrangements in place to ensure that the 
information in this report is accurate, clear and transparent. 
In doing so, we will continue to provide stakeholders with 
trust and confidence.

We have well established governance and assurance arrangements, in the form of an assurance framework, which we 
use to ensure that our information is of appropriate quality. This consists of a number of tiers of assurance, as shown in 
the diagram below.

INDEPENDENT
ASSURANCE

BUSINESS 
ASSURANCE 
TEAMS

MANAGEMENT
ASSURANCE

RISK
MANAGEMENT

RISK
BOARD 
MANAGEMENT
OVERSIGHT
ACTIVITIES

ASSURANCE 
FRAMEWORK 

BUSINESS 
ASSURANCE TEAMS

Health, Safety, 
Environment and 
Quality

Performance and 
Information

Economic Regulation

Wastewater 
Compliance

Water Quality

Business Continuity

Scientific Services 
Accreditation Team

Information 
Systems Security

Internal Audit

INDEPENDENT
ASSURANCE

Numerous external 
assurance providers 
including the likes of:

Deloitte (financial 
auditor)

AFNOR (external 
accreditation

KPMG (internal audit 
co-source partner)

External technical 
auditor (Business 
Continuity and 
Regulatory reporting)

BOARD 
OVERSIGHT

Board

Remuneration 
Committee 

Risk and Compliance 
Committee

Audit Committee

RISK
MANAGEMENT

Strategic Risk Model

Corporate Risk Model 
(supported by a strong 
risk management 
framework)

Detailed Risk Model

Data Risk Model

Risk Champions

Assurance Forum

MANAGEMENT
ASSURANCE

Departmental 
Compliance 
Programmes

Management Team and 
its sub-groups

Systems Controls

107

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

•   Board Oversight - The Board has ownership of the arrangements for governance and assurance of regulatory 
submissions and reporting. This is monitored and controlled through the Board’s Audit Committee and Risk & 
Compliance Committee with regular reporting by the Committees to the Board.

•   Risk Management - We use a data risk assessment, and a risks, strengths and weaknesses review as part of our 

regulatory reporting processes, to determine levels of risk and target assurance activity. This is a robust and mature 
process and is embedded within the Company’s risk management processes. The Board sets the tone for risk 
management, determines the appropriate risk appetite, monitors the management of fundamental risk and approves 
major decisions affecting the Company’s risk profile.

•   Management Assurance - The Management Team implements the Board’s strategies and closely monitors 

performance. This includes ensuring that sufficient and suitable resources (human and financial) are applied to 
scrutinise performance and identify and manage risk. The Management Team ensure there is appropriate assignment 
of responsibilities, corporate structures and reporting lines and accountabilities, supported by annual positive 
assurances on systems and controls.

•   Business Assurance - We have many teams who are separate from the operational activities which monitor, capture 
and manage the data we report. Specifically this includes our Internal Audit Team. Accountable directly to the Audit 
Committee, this team provides strong, independent assurance. As such their remit sits across this tier and the following 
one.

•   Independent Assurance - Our business assurance teams are supplemented with external specialist providers where 

we require technical and/or external assurance.

Our Internal Audit Manager confirmed to the Audit 
Committee that the assurance work was carried out in 
accordance with the Assurance Plan and that any material 
items identified have been corrected. Recommendations 
have been made where processes could be improved as 
part of our commitment to continuous improvement.

The performance against MoS and associated narrative 
explanation have been considered by the Company’s 
Audit Committee on behalf of the Board.

ADDITIONAL REGULATORY INFORMATION

Independent assurance of the additional regulatory 
information in tables 4A to 4I, on pages 192 to 209, 
has been provided by Deloitte LLP under a separate 
engagement to their audit opinions on the Statutory 
Financial Statements and Regulatory Accounting 
Statements.

Deloitte has carried out agreed upon procedures which 
broadly comprise confirming that the information 
contained in the tables has been calculated in a consistent 
manner with the RAGs, agreeing information back to 
supporting documentation and verifying the accuracy 
of calculations. In addition, for tables 4D to 4F Deloitte 
has confirmed that the information has been prepared in 
accordance with the Company’s accounting separation 
methodology, which is published on our websites.

DATA ASSURANCE SUMMARY

We have obtained specific independent assurance for 
each section of our APR.

REGULATORY ACCOUNTING STATEMENTS

The Regulatory Accounting Statements comprise the 
regulatory accounting policies and disclosures, regulatory 
financial reporting statements (tables 1A to 1E), price 
review and other segmental reporting (tables 2A to 2I), 
Appointed business taxation, the statement on Directors’ 
pay and standards of performance and transactions with 
associated companies. These can be found on pages 112 
to 147.

This section has been audited by Deloitte LLP and the 
independent auditor’s report to Ofwat and Directors of 
NWL can be found on pages 150 to 153. This confirms that 
the Regulatory Accounting Statements fairly present the 
state of the Company’s affairs at 31 March 2016 and the 
profit and cash flow for the year in accordance with Ofwat’s 
RAGs and our Licence obligations.

PERFORMANCE SUMMARY

The arrangements for assurance of our performance 
against our outcomes, MoS and PCs on pages 154 to 
191 have been developed in line with Ofwat’s Company 
Monitoring Framework, published in June 2015, as set out 
in our Assurance Plan. We published our Assurance Plan 
in March 2016, after consulting with stakeholders, and it 
is available on our website at https://www.nwl.co.uk/
your-home/Assurance.aspx. How we report progress 
against our PCs for 2015-2020 is a key focus of this plan 
and the Assurance Plan provides full details of how a risk 
assessment has been used to target the most appropriate 
assurance activities for each MoS.

We have applied the approach set out in our Assurance 
Plan to provide assurance on all of the results reported in 
Table 3A Outcome Performance Table. This comprises a 
mix of appropriate independent external assurance and 
internal assurance from our Internal Audit team.

Our independent technical auditor, Atkins, has submitted 
an Assurance Statement Report which states:

•   At a component level the various teams compiling the 
documents and information had an understanding of  
and were meeting their obligations;

•   The Company has sufficient processes and internal 

systems of control to fully meet its obligations;

•   The Company has sufficient processes and internal 
systems in place to identify, manage and review its  
risks; and

•   The Company’s explanations of how it will manage  

and/or mitigate material or potentially material risks  
are soundly based. 

108

109

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES 
AND DECLARATIONS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES STATEMENT

RISK AND COMPLIANCE STATEMENT

The Directors are responsible under Condition F of the 
Instrument of Appointment granted by the Secretary of 
State for the Environment to the Company as a water  
and sewerage undertaker under the Water Industry  
Act 1991 for:

•   Ensuring that proper accounting records are maintained 

by the Appointee to enable compliance with the 
requirements of Condition F and having regard also to 
the terms of guidelines notified by the Water Services 
Regulation Authority (‘the Authority’) to the Appointee 
from time to time;

•   Preparing on a consistent basis for each financial year 
regulatory accounts in accordance with Condition F, 
having regard also to the terms of guidelines notified 
by the Authority from time to time, which so far as is 
reasonably practicable have the same content as the 
annual financial statements of the Appointee prepared 
under the Companies Act 2006 and which are prepared 
in accordance with the formats, accounting policies and 
principles which apply to those financial statements; and

•   Preparing such other financial and related information 
as is required by Condition F having regard also to the 
terms of guidelines issued by the Authority from time  
to time.

The Board confirms that: 

 •   It considers the Company has a full understanding of, 
and is meeting, its obligations and has taken steps to 
understand and meet customer expectations;

•   It has satisfied itself that the Company has sufficient 

processes and internal systems of control to fully meet  
its obligations; and

 •   The Company has appropriate systems and processes 

in place to allow it to identify, manage and review  
its risks.

DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION TO AUDITORS

So far as each current Director is aware, there is no 
relevant audit information of which the Company’s auditor 
is unaware and each Director has taken all the steps 
that he or she ought to have taken as a Director in order 
to make himself or herself aware of any relevant audit 
information and to establish that the Company’s auditor is 
aware of that information.

CONDITION K (RING FENCING)

The Directors confirm that, as at 31 March 2016, the 
Company was in compliance with paragraph 3.1 of 
Condition K of the Instrument of Appointment in that the 
Appointee had available to it sufficient rights and assets 
to enable a special administrator to manage the affairs, 
business and property of the Appointee, should a special 
administration order be made.

CONDITION F6A.6 (CREDIT RATING)

The Directors also confirm that throughout 2015-16 the 
Appointee has ensured that it, and an Associated Company 
as issuer of debt on its behalf, has maintained at all times 
an issuer credit rating which is a strong investment grade 
rating.

VIABILITY STATEMENT

The Directors believe that the Appointed Business is well 
placed to manage its business risks successfully and 
expect that the business can continue to operate effectively 
over the long term and, specifically, meet its financial 
obligations over the next four years. Further information 
in respect of this statement is provided in the Governance 
Report on page 55.

By order of the Board 
M Parker 
Company Secretary 
15 July 2016

CONDITION F6A.2A CERTIFICATE (FINANCIAL  
AND MANAGEMENT RESOURCES TO CARRY  
OUT THE REGULATED ACTIVITIES)

The Directors certify that, in their opinion:

•   The Appointee will have available to it sufficient financial 

resources and facilities to enable it to carry out, for 
at least the next 12 months the Regulated Activities 
(including the investment programme necessary to fulfil 
the Appointee’s obligations under the Appointment);

•   The Appointee will, for at least the next 12 months, have 
available to it management resources and systems of 
planning and internal control which are sufficient to 
enable it to carry out those functions as required by 
subparagraph 6A.1 of Condition F of the Instrument of 
Appointment; and

•   All contracts entered into with any Associated Company 

include all necessary provisions and requirements 
concerning the standard of service to be supplied to 
the Appointee, to ensure that it is able to meet all its 
obligations as a water and sewerage undertaker.

In providing this certificate, the Directors have taken  
into account:

•   The financial strength of the Company at the balance 
sheet date and financial performance, which is in line 
with expectations and reviewed at each Board meeting, 
most recently in April 2016;

•   The key financial ratios over the next 12 month planning 
horizon, as reflected in strong investment grade credit 
ratings;

•   The fact that the Company has in place £350m of five 
year committed bank facilities as back up liquidity 
(maturing in 2019), and a further £100m of committed 
financing from the EIB, both of which were undrawn at  
31 March 2016; and

•   The Company’s formal governance and risk 

management arrangements which are monitored by  
the Audit Committee, Risk & Compliance Committee 
and Board. 

110

111

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

REGULATORY ACCOUNTING 
POLICIES AND DISCLOSURES

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

(A) REGULATORY ACCOUNTS -  
BASIS OF ACCOUNTING

The Regulatory Accounting Statements, on pages 112 to 
147 of the APR, have been prepared in accordance with 
the RAGs issued by Ofwat. They have been prepared on 
a consistent basis to the Statutory Financial Statements, 
applying the accounting policies set out on pages 65 to 69, 
with the following exceptions:

•   Income relating to energy generation, which is recorded 
as revenue in the statutory accounts, has been recorded 
as negative operating expenditure;

•   Rental income, which is recorded as revenue in the 

statutory accounts, has been recorded as other income 
below operating profit;

•   Profit on disposal of fixed assets, which is recorded 

as operating costs in the statutory accounts, has been 
recorded as other operating income; and

•   Borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the 
acquisition or construction of an asset, which are 
capitalised in the statutory accounts, are charged to  
the income statement.

The information reported in the Regulatory Accounting 
Statements relates to NWL’s Appointed business only, 
except where stated. The Appointed business comprises 
Regulated Activities, defined in Condition A of the Licence 
to be ‘functions of’ and the ‘duties imposed on’ a water 
and sewerage undertaker by the Water Industry Act 
1991. Such duties are consequently those necessary for 
the Company to fulfil its duty as a water and sewerage 
undertaker.

The accounts have been prepared on a going concern 
basis which assumes that the Company will have adequate 
funding to meet its liabilities as they fall due in the 
foreseeable future. 

(B) REVENUE RECOGNITION 

The revenue recognition policy is the same in the 
regulatory and statutory accounts, other than the 
exceptions related to income from energy generation and 
rental income, as explained above.

RAG3 states that companies should not de-recognise 
turnover for amounts billed which they deem to be 
uncollectable, meaning that IAS 18.9 should be disapplied 
in this respect. NWL complies with this requirement.

Revenue from water and sewerage charges billed to 
customers is recognised pro-rata over the period to which 
it related. For consumption by measured customers which 
has not yet been billed, revenue is estimated and accrued 
using a defined methodology based upon historical 
usage and the relevant tariff per customer. Invoices raised 
or payments received where the service has not been 
provided are not recognised in revenue in the year but are 
treated as receipts in advance.

Additional charges added to a customer’s account as a 
result of debt recovery activity, such as court costs or 
solicitors fees, are recognised as negative operating 
costs when payment is received in both the statutory and 
regulatory accounts. They are not recognised in revenue.

Charges for water and sewerage services remain due 
in full whilst a property contains furnishings and fittings 
or when a property is unfurnished and water is being 
used for any purpose including refurbishment. If the 
Company has turned off the supply of water at the mains 
to a property at a customer’s request then water supply 
charges are not payable.

If the supply of water is turned off and the property is 
unfurnished the property is considered unoccupied 
and charges are not payable. If, however, the supply of 
water is turned off and the property remains furnished 
it is considered ready for occupation and in this case 
sewerage charges in respect of the drainage of surface 
water and contribution to highway drainage continue to  
be payable.

If a property is recorded as empty in the billing system 
an empty property process is followed. The purpose of 
this process is to verify whether the property is occupied 
or not and, if occupied, to identify the chargeable person 
and raise a bill. No bills are raised in the name of ‘the 
occupier’. 

The empty property process comprises a number of steps 
including an initial letter asking the occupier to either 
contact the Company or return a completed registration 
form, a check of the property record against Land Registry 
information and visits to the property by Company 
representatives. If these steps confirm that a property 
appears to be empty then the supply may be turned off.

New properties are charged from the date a meter is 
installed, if consumption is being recorded on the meter.  
If the property is unoccupied but water is being registered 
the developer will be charged. Once the developer is  
no longer responsible for a property, if no new occupier 
has been identified the property will be treated as 
unoccupied and the empty property process followed,  
as outlined above.

A retrospective review has confirmed that there were no 
significant differences between the measured income 
accrual at 31 March 2015 of £59.0m and the amounts 
subsequently billed to customers of £58.7m.

(C) BAD DEBT POLICY

The policy for bad and doubtful debts is applied 
consistently between the statutory and regulatory accounts 
in accordance with the policy stated in note 1(o) of the 
Statutory Financial Statements.

(D) CAPITALISATION POLICY

The policy for the capitalisation of costs as items of 
property, plant and equipment is applied consistently 
between the statutory and regulatory accounts in 
accordance with the policy stated in note 1(d) of the 
Financial Statements and  
in accordance with IAS 16 property, plant and equipment.

The application of this policy is summarised below. 
Further detail is provided in the accounting separation 
methodology statement published on our websites.

The cost of construction or purchase of new or 
replacement infrastructure and non-infrastructure 
assets is capitalised. Cost includes any costs directly 
attributable to bringing the asset into condition for use 
in the business, including directly attributable overhead 
costs but excluding general overhead costs. The costs 
of infrastructure and non-infrastructure assets are 
depreciated over their useful economic lives.

On the infrastructure network, capital replacement of 
assets includes any renewal of a full pipe length of main  
or sewer and replacement of ancillaries such as stop  
taps, valves, meter chambers and manhole covers.

Subsequent maintenance expenditure is treated as an 
operating cost unless it provides an enhancement of 
economic benefits in excess of the expected standard 
of performance such as an extension in the estimated 
useful life or an increase in capacity, in which case it is 
capitalised. Examples of maintenance costs charged  
as operating costs include pipe and tank cleaning, 
inspections, surveys and zonal studies.

Further detail is provided in the accounting separation 
methodology statement published on our websites.

(E) ACCOUNTING SEPARATION POLICY

Cost allocations have been prepared in accordance 
with RAG 2.05 and RAG 4.05 for the definitions for the 
regulatory accounting tables. All costs are recorded 
in the accounting records by cost centre. Cost centres 
are defined either as a direct department, comprising 
operational and customer functions, or a support 
department. Direct departments are mostly directly 
allocated to service activities based on the nature of the 
function, although some costs require apportionment 
on an appropriate basis. Support departments are 
apportioned across the price controls either based upon 
a specific analysis of the costs or by apportionment by an 
appropriate cost driver. Once allocated to the appropriate 
price control the costs are then allocated to service 
activities pro-rata to full time equivalent staff numbers of 
the direct departments.

Fixed assets directly involved in the activities within each 
business unit are recorded against that business unit using 
direct allocation per the location or asset type. Where an 
asset is utilised in more than one business unit, the asset 
is allocated to the business unit of principal use and costs 
are recharged to other different business units on the same 
basis used to allocate operating expenditure.

Further detail is provided in the accounting separation 
methodology statement published on our websites.

112

113

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

SECTION 1:  
REGULATORY FINANCIAL 
REPORTING

1A INCOME STATEMENT 
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE FOR THE 12 MONTHS ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

STATUTORY DIFFERENCES 
BETWEEN 
STATUTORY 
AND RAG 
DEFINITIONS

ADJUSTMENTS

NON-
APPOINTED

TOTAL 
ADJUSTMENTS

TOTAL 
APPOINTED 
ACTIVITIES

Revenue

Operating costs

Other operating income

Operating profit

Other income

Interest income

Interest expense

Other interest expense

Profit before tax and fair value 
movements

Fair value gains/(losses) on 
financial instruments

Profit before tax

UK Corporation tax

Deferred tax

Profit for the year

£’m

805.5

(432.8)

-

372.7

-

10.0

(112.8)

(2.1)

267.8

(1.4)

266.4

(33.3)

29.8

262.9

£’m

(7.2)

5.8

0.4

(1.0)

2.2

-

(5.4)

-

(4.2)

-

(4.2)

-

0.3

(3.9)

£’m

(26.1)

16.5

-

(9.6)

(2.0)

(9.7)

-

-

(21.3)

-

(21.3)

2.9

(0.1)

(18.5)

£’m

(33.3)

22.3

0.4

(10.6)

0.2

(9.7)

(5.4)

-

£’m

772.2

(410.5)

0.4

362.1

0.2

0.3

(118.2)

(2.1)

(25.5)

242.3

Profit for the year

Actuarial losses on post 
employment plans

-

(1.4)

Other comprehensive income

Total Comprehensive income 
for the year

(25.5)

2.9

0.2

(22.4)

240.9

(30.4)

30.0

240.5

Differences between statutory and RAG definitions are explained in note (a) of the Regulatory Accounting Policies  
and Disclosures.

The change to profit reflects borrowing costs, which are capitalised in the Statutory Financial Statements but charged 
to the income statement in the Regulatory Accounting Statements, and the associated depreciation and deferred tax. 
Other changes are presentational in nature:

•   Income relating to energy generation has been reclassified from revenue in the statutory accounts to negative 

operating costs;

•  Rental income has been reclassified from revenue in the statutory accounts to other income; and

•   Profit on disposal of fixed assets has been reclassified from operating costs in the statutory accounts to other  

operating income.

1B STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME  
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE FOR THE 12 MONTHS ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

STATUTORY DIFFERENCES 
BETWEEN 
STATUTORY 
AND RAG 
DEFINITIONS

ADJUSTMENTS

NON-
APPOINTED

TOTAL 
ADJUSTMENTS

TOTAL 
APPOINTED 
ACTIVITIES

£’m

262.9

(41.9)

(13.0)

208.0

£’m

(3.9)

-

-

£’m

(18.5)

0.5

-

£’m

(22.4)

0.5

-

(3.9)

(18.0)

(21.9)

£’m

240.5

(41.4)

(13.0)

186.1

114

115

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

1C STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION  
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE FOR THE 12 MONTHS ENDED 31 MARCH 2016  
(REGISTERED NUMBER 02366703)

ADJUSTMENTS

ADJUSTMENTS

STATUTORY DIFFERENCES 
BETWEEN 
STATUTORY 
AND RAG 
DEFINITIONS

NON-
APPOINTED

TOTAL 
ADJUSTMENTS

TOTAL 
APPOINTED 
ACTIVITIES

STATUTORY DIFFERENCES 
BETWEEN 
STATUTORY 
AND RAG 
DEFINITIONS

NON-
APPOINTED

TOTAL 
ADJUSTMENTS

TOTAL 
APPOINTED 
ACTIVITIES

£’m

£’m

£’m

£’m

£’m

£’m

£’m

£’m

£’m

£’m

(124.3)

4,045.3

Trade & other payables

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

Fixed assets

Intangible assets

Investments - loans to group 
companies

Investments - other

4,169.6

(26.9)

-

160.9

-

-

-

-

(97.4)

-

-

(160.9)

(160.9)

-

-

-

-

-

Total non-current assets

4,330.5

(26.9)

(258.3)

(285.2)

4,045.3

CURRENT ASSETS

Inventories

Trade & other receivables

Cash & cash equivalents

Total current assets

CURRENT LIABILITIES

Trade & other payables

Capex creditor

Borrowings

Current tax liabilities

Provisions

Total current liabilities

2.4

185.7

-

188.1

(125.7)

(32.3)

(105.3)

-

(0.2)

(263.5)

-

41.2

36.5

77.7

(39.6)

-

(36.5)

(1.5)

-

(77.6)

(0.4)

(3.3)

(36.5)

(40.2)

43.0

0.8

-

1.5

-

45.3

(0.4)

37.9

-

37.5

3.4

0.8

2.0

223.6

-

225.6

(122.3)

(31.5)

(36.5)

(141.8)

-

-

-

(0.2)

(32.3)

(295.8)

Net current assets / (liabilities)

(75.4)

0.1

5.1

5.2

(70.2)

Table continued on next page

116

Borrowings

Financial instruments

Retirement benefit obligations

Provisions

Deferred income - grants and 
contributions

Deferred tax

-

(2,549.0)

(31.3)

(89.9)

(1.4)

(511.8)

(404.7)

Total non-current liabilities

(3,588.1)

-

-

-

-

-

-

4.9

4.9

-

-

-

1.9

-

135.0

1.5

138.4

-

-

-

1.9

-

-

(2,549.0)

(31.3)

(88.0)

(1.4)

135.0

(376.8)

6.4

(398.3)

143.3

(3,444.8)

Net assets

667.0

(21.9)

(114.8)

(136.7)

530.3

EQUITY

Called up share capital

Retained earnings & other 
reserves

Total Equity



122.7

544.3

667.0

-

(21.9)

(21.9)

(30.6)

(84.2)

(114.8)

(30.6)

(106.1)

(136.7)

92.1

438.2

530.3

Approved by the Board of Directors on 15 July 2016 and signed on their behalf by: 
H Mottram 

Differences between statutory and RAG definitions are explained in note (a) of the Regulatory Accounting Policies and 
Disclosures.

Differences in relation to fixed assets and retained earnings reflect borrowing costs, which are capitalised in the  
Statutory Financial Statements but charged to the income statement in the Regulatory Accounting Statements, and the 
associated depreciation and deferred tax. Other changes reflect trading balances between the appointed and non-
appointed businesses, which were settled immediately after the balance sheet date.

117

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

1D STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE APPOINTED BUSINESS  
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE FOR THE 12 MONTHS ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

TOTAL APPOINTED ACTIVITIES 

TOTAL APPOINTED ACTIVITIES 

CASHFLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Equity dividends paid

Net loans received

Cash inflow from equity financing

Net cash generated from financing activities

Decrease in net cash

£’m

(200.0)

33.8 

-

(166.2)

(31.5)

Operating profit

Other income

Depreciation

Amortisation of grants and contributions

Changes in working capital

Pension contributions

Movement in provisions

Profit on sale of fixed assets

Cash generated from operations

Net interest paid

Tax received

Net cash generated from operating activities 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Capital expenditure

Grants & contributions

Disposal of fixed assets

Other

Net cash used in investing activities

Net cash generated before financing activities

Table continued on next page

£’m

362.1

0.2

123.3

(5.7)

(41.6)

(26.4)

(8.3)

(0.4)

403.2

(103.6)

16.1

315.7

(206.3)

23.7

1.6

-

(181.0)

134.7

118

119

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

1E NET DEBT ANALYSIS AS AT 31 MARCH 2016 
APPOINTED BUSINESS ONLY

INTEREST RATE RISK PROFILE

FIXED RATE

FLOATING 
RATE

INDEX LINKED

TOTAL

£’m

1,659.7

£’m

226.9

£’m

804.2

Borrowings (excluding preference shares)

Preference share capital

Total borrowings

Cash

Short term deposits

Net Debt

Gearing %

Adjusted gearing

Full year equivalent nominal interest cost

Full year equivalent cash interest payment

INDICATIVE INTEREST RATES

Indicative weighted average nominal  
interest rate

Indicative weighted average cash interest rate

94.8

94.8

5.71%

5.71%

5.6

5.6

2.46%

2.46%

17.7

10.2

2.20%

1.27%

£’m

2,690.8

-

2,690.8

-

-

2,690.8

69.5%

69.5%

118.1

110.6

4.39%

4.11%

SECTION 2:  
PRICE REVIEW AND OTHER 
SEGMENTAL REPORTING

2A SEGMENTAL INCOME STATEMENT  
FOR THE 12 MONTHS ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

RETAIL

WHOLESALE

HOUSEHOLD

NON-
HOUSEHOLD

WATER WASTEWATER

TOTAL

£’m

57.1

0.5

(44.1)

0.1

13.6

(1.3)

0.1

12.4

£’m

9.2

0.3

(6.9)

-

2.6

(0.2)

-

2.4

£’m

406.8

6.3

£’m

£’m

289.6

762.7

2.4

9.5

(231.6)

(127.9)

(410.5)

0.5

182.0

-

6.6

(0.2)

0.4

163.9

362.1

(5.2)

-

(6.7)

6.7

188.6

158.7

362.1

Revenue - price control

Revenue - non price control

Operating costs

Other operating income

Operating profit before 
recharges

Recharges from other segments

Recharges to other segments

Operating profit

Surface water drainage rebates

0.4

120

121

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

CASH EXPENDITURE

Pension deficit recovery payments

Other cash items

TOTAL

WATER WASTEWATER

TOTAL

£’m

5.6

17.1

£’m

£’m

2.8

8.7

8.4

25.8

Totex including cash items

282.2 

174.8 

457.0 

Pension deficit recovery payments represents the wholesale proportion of the £11m deficit reduction payments made  
to the NWPS pension scheme during the year (see note 21 of the statutory financial statements), which is not reflected  
in the accounting pension charge.

Other cash items reflects the difference between the accounting pension charge included within other operating 
expenditure, and the wholesale proportion of employer’s cash contributions to the NWPS (excluding deficit reduction 
payments). This is a large positive value in the year because the accounting charge included an exceptional, non-cash 
credit reflecting changes made to future benefit, as described in note 3 of the Statutory Financial Statements.

2B TOTEX ANALYSIS: WHOLESALE WATER AND WASTEWATER 
FOR THE 12 MONTHS ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

WATER WASTEWATER

TOTAL

£’m

£’m

£’m

OPERATING EXPENDITURE

Power

Income treated as negative expenditure

Service charges/ discharge consents

Bulk supply/ Bulk discharge

Other operating expenditure

Local authority rates

Total operating expenditure excluding  
third party services

Third party services

Total operating expenditure

CAPITAL EXPENDITURE

Maintaining the long term capability of the assets - infra

Maintaining the long term capability of the assets - non- infra

Other capital expenditure - infra

Other capital expenditure - non-infra

Total gross capital expenditure excluding  
third party services

Third party services

Total gross capital expenditure

Grants and contributions (price control)

Totex

Table continued on next page

20.3

(0.2)

22.0

2.7

82.8

23.1

150.7

13.8

164.5

24.6

61.8

16.5

3.8

106.7

-

106.7

(11.7)

259.5

14.5

(4.0)

2.5

-

56.5

6.4

75.9

3.7

79.6

18.1

34.8

25.0

10.6

88.5

-

88.5

(4.8)

163.3

34.8

(4.2)

24.5

2.7

139.3

29.5

226.6

17.5

244.1

42.7

96.6

41.5

14.4

195.2

-

195.2

(16.5)

422.8

122

123

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

2C OPERATING COST ANALYSIS: RETAIL  
FOR THE 12 MONTHS ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

2D HISTORIC COST ANALYSIS OF FIXED ASSETS:  
WHOLESALE AND RETAIL

HOUSEHOLD

NON-
HOUSEHOLD

TOTAL

£’m

£’m

£’m

WHOLESALE

RETAIL

WATER WASTEWATER

HOUSEHOLD

COST

At 1 April 2015

Disposals

Additions

£’m

£’m

2,942.9

2,580.3

(4.9)

106.8

(3.2)

93.3

At 31 March 2016

3,044.8

2,670.4

DEPRECIATION

At 1 April 2015

Disposals

Charge for the year

(924.1)

(656.0)

4.6

(70.3)

1.2

(50.3)

At 31 March 2016

(989.8)

(705.1)

£’m

31.4

(1.5)

7.6

37.5

(15.9)

1.0

(2.8)

(17.7)

NON-
HOUSEHOLD

TOTAL

£’m

£’m

-

-

5.2

5.2

5,554.6

(9.6)

212.9

5,757.9

-

-

-

-

(1,596.0)

6.8

(123.4)

(1,712.6)

Net book amount at  
31 March 2016

Net book amount at  
1 April 2015

2,055.0

1,965.3

19.8

5.2

4,045.3

2,018.8

1,924.3

15.5

-

3,958.6

OPERATING EXPENDITURE

Customer services

Debt management

Doubtful debts

Meter reading

Services to developers

Other operating expenditure

Total operating expenditure excluding  
third party services

Third party services operating expenditure

Total operating expenditure

Depreciation

Total operating costs

Debt written off

12.7

4.7

20.6

2.2

-

1.0

41.2

0.1

41.3

2.8

44.1

7.9

1.7

0.3

3.9

0.4

0.2

0.4

6.9

-

6.9

-

6.9

4.4

14.4

5.0

24.5

2.6

0.2

1.4

48.1

0.1

48.2

2.8

51.0

12.3

RETAIL COST RECONCILIATION TO FD

Household retail costs include an atypical non-cash accounting pension credit of £7.6m (see note 3 of the Statutory 
Financial Statements). Removing this credit from the total operating expenditure reported above would give an 
underlying household retail cost of £48.9m. This is £2.4m lower than the PR14 FD allowance of £51.3m.

In accordance with changes in RAG 2.05 guidance, some costs which were classified as retail costs at PR14 have now 
been allocated to wholesale water services. This specifically relates to activity on customer side leaks and demand-side 
water efficiency where the main driver is to manage leakage as part of our wholesale outcome ‘we provide a reliable 
and sufficient supply of water’. The total costs reclassified are £4.1m, as reported on table 4F.

Compared on a like for like basis, underlying household retail costs would therefore be £1.7m higher than PR14 FD, 
reflecting inflationary pressures on costs which were not included in the allowance.

Non-household retail costs include atypical items in respect of a non-cash accounting pension credit of £0.8m (see 
note 3 of Statutory Financial Statements) and £2.6m bad debt write off due to the closure of a large industrial customer. 
Removing these items from the total operating expenditure reported above would give an underlying non-household 
retail cost of £5.1m. This is £0.2m higher than the PR14 FD allowance of £4.9m, reflecting inflationary pressures on costs 
which were not included in the allowance.

124

125

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

2E ANALYSIS OF CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND LAND SALES: WHOLESALE  
FOR THE 12 MONTHS ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

FULLY 
RECOGNISED 
IN INCOME 
STATEMENT

CAPITALISED 
AND 
AMORTISED 
AGAINST 
DEPRECIATION

FULLY 
NETTED OFF 
CAPEX

TOTAL

£’m

£’m

£’m

£’m

GRANTS AND CONTRIBUTIONS - WATER

Connection charges (s45)

Infrastructure charge receipts (s146)

Requisitioned mains (s43, s55 & s56)

Diversions (s185)

Other Contributions

Total

GRANTS AND CONTRIBUTIONS - WASTEWATER

Infrastructure charge receipts (s146)

Requisitioned sewers (s100)

Diversions (s185)

Other Contributions

Total

Table continued on next page

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

5.8

4.5

1.4

1.4

0.2

13.3

3.0

1.8

7.3

1.0

13.1

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

5.8

4.5

1.4

1.4

0.2

13.3

3.0

1.8

7.3

1.0

13.1

126

BALANCE SHEET

Brought forward

Capitalised in year

Adopted assets

Disposals

Amortisation (in income statement)

Carried forward

Land Sales 

WATER WASTE WATER

TOTAL

£’m

£’m

£’m

228.3

13.4

0.3

-

(3.8)

238.2

127.3

355.6

10.3

4.5

(1.7)

(1.8)

23.7

4.8

(1.7)

(5.6)

138.6

376.8

1.7

-

1.7

The upper section of the table reflects grants and contributions received in the year on a cash basis, being £13.3m water 
and £13.1m wastewater. The lower section of the table reflects grants and contributions capitalised during the year on 
capital schemes which have been commissioned, being £13.4m water and £10.3m wastewater.

Grants and contributions falling within the wholesale price control, and therefore also reported on table 2B, comprise 
connection charges, infrastructure charge receipts and requisitioned mains and sewers.

2F HOUSEHOLD REVENUES BY CUSTOMER TYPE

WHOLESALE 
CHARGES 
REVENUE 

RETAIL 
REVENUE

TOTAL 
REVENUE

NUMBER OF 
CUSTOMERS

AVERAGE 
HOUSEHOLD 
RETAIL 
REVENUE 
PER 
CUSTOMER 

Unmeasured water only 
customer

Unmeasured wastewater only 
customer

Unmeasured water and 
wastewater customer

Measured water only customer

Measured wastewater only 
customer

Measured water and wastewater 
customer

Total

£’m

78.6 

7.0

264.1

76.6

5.0

94.5

525.8

£’m

7.6

0.3

23.3

12.0

0.4

13.5

57.1

£’m

86.2

7.3

287.4

88.6

5.4

108.0

582.9

000s

309.7

33.8

720.5

424.1

31.5

341.1

1,860.7

£

24.6

10.4

32.3

28.2

13.4

39.5

30.7

127

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

2G NON-HOUSEHOLD WATER REVENUES BY CUSTOMER TYPE

2H NON-HOUSEHOLD WASTEWATER REVENUE BY CUSTOMER TYPE

WHOLESALE 
CHARGES 
REVENUE

RETAIL 
REVENUE

TOTAL 
REVENUE

NUMBER OF 
CUSTOMERS

AVERAGE NON-
HOUSEHOLD RETAIL 
REVENUE PER 
CUSTOMER 

WHOLESALE 
CHARGES 
REVENUE 

RETAIL 
REVENUE

TOTAL 
REVENUE

NUMBER OF 
CUSTOMERS

AVERAGE NON-
HOUSEHOLD RETAIL 
REVENUE PER 
CUSTOMER 

£’m

£’m

£’m

NON-DEFAULT TARIFFS

Total non-default tariffs

1.1

-

1.1

DEFAULT TARIFFS

Cust type 01, Unmeasured, 
Unmeas Water N, Unmeasured

Cust type 02, Unmeasured, 
Unmeas Water S, Unmeasured

Cust type 03, Measured, Meas 
Water N std, Measured

Cust type 04, Measured, Meas 
Water N f20, Measured

Cust type 05, Measured, Meas 
Water N fx, Measured

Cust type 06, Measured, Meas 
Water N f+, Measured

Cust type 07, Measured, Meas 
Water S std, Measured

Cust type 08, Measured, Meas 
Water S f20, Measured

Cust type 09, Measured, Meas 
Water S fx, Measured

Cust type 10, Measured, Meas 
Water S f+, Measured

Cust type 15, Measured, Ind 
Water, Measured

Total default tariffs

1.7

0.7

29.2

3.7

4.3

11.4

24.1

2.7

3.5

2.9

6.8

91.0

0.2

0.1

2.9

0.2

0.2

0.1

1.7

0.1

0.1

-

0.1

5.7

nr

6

6,456

1,749

1.9

0.8

32.1

49,987

3.9

4.5

11.5

25.8

2.8

3.6

2.9

6.9

115

45

25

34,128

68

29

8

13

96.7

92,623

Total

92.1

5.7

97.8

92,629

£’m

£’m

£’m

NON-DEFAULT TARIFFS

Total non-default tariffs

-

-

-

DEFAULT TARIFFS

Cust type 11, Unmeasured, 
Unmeas Sew, Unmeasured

Cust type 12, Measured, Meas 
Sew - std, Measured

Cust type 13, Measured, Meas 
Sew - LU, Measured

Cust type 14, Measured, Trade 
Effluent - std, Measured

Cust type 16, Measured, Trade 
Effluent - Special Agreement, 
measured

Total default tariffs

4.2

58.2

4.0

6.8

5.3

78.5

0.4

2.8

0.1

0.2

-

3.5

4.6

61.0

4.1

7.0

5.3

nr

-

10,688

44,046

26

381

6

82.0

55,147

Total

78.5

3.5

82.0

55,147

£

-

34.8

62.5

3,681.1

509.7

8,578.6

62.8

62.8

£

-

33.2

36.2

57.8

1,550.1

3,841.7

5,522.0

50.1

1,076.0

3,967.7

5,661.7

7,040.8

61.5

61.5

128

129

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

2I REVENUE ANALYSIS FOR THE 12 MONTHS ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

WHOLESALE CHARGE - WATER

Unmeasured

Measured

Third party revenue

Total

WHOLESALE CHARGE - WASTEWATER

Unmeasured

Measured

Third party revenue

Total

HOUSEHOLD

NON- 
HOUSEHOLD

TOTAL

£’m

£’m

£’m

197.0

117.7

-

314.7

152.7

58.4

-

211.1

2.4

82.9

6.8

92.1

4.2

74.3

-

78.5

199.4

200.6

6.8

406.8

156.9

132.7

-

289.6

Wholesale Total

525.8

170.6

696.4

Wholesale revenue governed by price control

Grants & contributions

Total revenue governed by wholesale price control

Amount assumed in wholesale determination

DIFFERENCE

WATER WASTEWATER

TOTAL

£’m

406.8

11.7

418.5

413.6

4.9

£’m

289.6

4.8

294.4

294.8

(0.4)

£’m

696.4

16.5

712.9

708.4

4.5

WHOLESALE REVENUE CONTROL RECONCILIATION TO FD

Wholesale water revenue was £4.9m (1.2%) higher than the revenue allowance from the PR14 price control. This 
comprised £3.1m from standard published water charges and £1.8m from grants and contributions. The higher water 
charges primarily related to higher than expected water usage by households in ESW and by non-households in the 
NW region. Higher new development activity generated more infrastructure charges and new connection charges than 
expected.

The numbers of reported properties were broadly in line with forecast and the number of void properties increased 
slightly. These movements did not generate material differences from the allowed revenue.

Wholesale wastewater revenue was £0.4m (0.1%) lower than the allowed revenue. Whilst capital contributions from new 
development activity were £1.7m higher than forecast and the higher water usage was reflected in wastewater revenue, 
these were more than offset by the impact of the closure of a large non-household customer.

It is planned that the wholesale revenue allowances to be recovered in 2017-18 will be adjusted to take account of the 
over recovery on water and under recovery on wastewater occurring in 2015-16. This assumes that the relevant Licence 
modifications are made.

RETAIL REVENUE

Unmeasured

Measured

Retail third party revenue

Retail total

THIRD PARTY REVENUE - NON-PRICE CONTROL

Bulk Supplies

Other third party revenue

Other appointed revenue

Total appointed revenue

Table continued on next page

130

31.2

25.9

-

57.1

0.7

8.4

0.1

9.2

31.9

34.3

0.1

66.3

2.3

5.9

1.3

772.2

131

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

APPOINTED BUSINESS TAXATION 
FOR THE 12 MONTHS ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

TOTAL APPOINTED ACTIVITIES

Profit on ordinary activities before tax

Profit on ordinary activities multiplied by standard rate of 
corporation tax of 20%

EFFECTS OF:

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

Non-taxable income and other tax reliefs

Depreciation in respect of non-qualifying items

Permanent differences on transition to FRS101

Consortium relief payable at less than the standard rate

Impact of tax rate change on deferred tax

Deferred tax movement not at average rate for year

Adjustments in respect of prior years

Transfer pricing adjustments

Balancing payment payable

Total tax charge

£’m

240.9 

48.2

0.1

(0.1)

0.9

0.5

(1.9)

(45.9)

(1.8)

0.4

(0.8)

0.8

0.4

CURRENT TAX RECONCILIATION TO FD

The difference between tax allowed in the FD of £79.7m and the current tax charge for the Appointed business of  
£30.4m (per table 1A on page 114) is principally due to amounts subject to tax on the transition to FRS 101. The  
FD included anticipated charges in relation to changes in accounting for infrastructure maintenance expenditure  
under FRS 101, which may not now be incurred, subject to agreement with HMRC.

132

133

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

DISCLOSURE OF TRANSACTIONS 
WITH ASSOCIATES

SERVICES SUPPLIED BY THE APPOINTEE TO ASSOCIATED COMPANIES:

INFORMATION IN RELATION TO ALLOCATIONS AND APPORTIONMENTS

ASSOCIATE

SERVICE

TURNOVER

TERMS OF 
SUPPLY

VALUE

AquaGib

Sale of materials

Vehicle Lease and Service Limited 
(VLS)

Rental of garage and service 
charges

£’m

12.7

14.2

Negotiated

Negotiated

£’m

0.2

0.1

SERVICES SUPPLIED TO THE APPOINTEE BY ASSOCIATED COMPANIES:

ASSOCIATE

SERVICE

TURNOVER

TERMS OF 
SUPPLY

VALUE

£’m

CKI

Software licensing agreements

2,437.8

Negotiated

Northern Gas Networks Limited 
(NGN)

Gas main diversions

415.8

No market

NWGL

Holding company charges

Three Rivers Insurance Company 
Limited (TRICL)

Public liability insurance 
(deductible infill policy)

VLS

Vehicle maintenance and capital 
finance charge

6.2

0.5

14.2

No market

No market

Competitive 
letting

£’m

4.6

0.1

0.9

0.5

7.7

Turnover data for AquaGib, NGN, NWGL and TRICL relates to the year to 31 March 2016. Turnover data for VLS and  
CKI relates to the year to 31 December 2015. 

The appointed and non-appointed businesses operate separate accounting records including sales and purchase ledgers. 
Revenue, operating costs, assets and liabilities are taken directly from these records.

Revenue is separately recorded between wholesale water and wastewater and household and non-household retail services 
and no apportionment has been necessary. Operating costs have been allocated between wholesale water and wastewater 
and household and non-household retail services in accordance with the guidance set out in RAG 4.05.

Overhead costs incurred in the appointed business which relate to the non-appointed business have been allocated using 
an activity based approach to comply with RAG 5.06.

Interest has been allocated between the appointed and non-appointed businesses on the basis of actual cash balances held 
by these businesses during the year at market rates. Capital costs and the related depreciation charges are specifically 
identifiable to the appropriate business and service.

AMOUNTS BORROWED BY THE APPOINTEE FROM ASSOCIATED COMPANIES

The Company has loans amounting to £1,983.4m due to NWF, a subsidiary company. Details of these loans and the 
associated guarantees are provided in note 14 of the Statutory Financial Statements.

The Company acquires vehicles from VLS, an associated company, on a finance lease basis. During the year, new finance 
leases of £1.6m were entered into and capital repayments of £3.3m were made. The year end finance lease creditor was 
£9.0m. All leases are at a fixed interest rate of 6%.

GUARANTEES OR OTHER FORMS OF SECURITY

There were no guarantees or other forms of security provided by the appointee to any associate during the year, other  
than those relating to amounts borrowed from NWF, outlined above.

DIVIDENDS PAID AND PROPOSED

During the year, the appointed business paid and proposed dividends to its immediate parent companies as follows:

DIVIDENDS PAID:

Interim paid for the period ended 31 March 2016

Interim paid for the period ended 31 March 2016

Total dividends paid in the period

£’m

99.7

100.3

200.0

No final dividend was proposed for the period ended 31 March 2016 (31 March 2015: nil).

134

135

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

The Directors have a policy which aims to grow dividends on a slow but regular basis and which takes into account the 
principle of incentive based price cap regulation, including operating and investment performance. 

Accordingly, the level of dividend has been declared by reference to:

•  The Company’s ability to finance its functions;

•  The Company’s cumulative financial performance and past outperformance; and

•  Maintaining the Company’s stable strong investment grade credit ratings.

OMISSION OF RIGHT

There were no omissions by the appointee to exercise any rights which would cause the net assets to decrease.

WAIVERS

There were no waivers by the appointee of any consideration, remuneration or other payment owed to it by any 
associated company.

The information in this note has been produced to comply with the requirements of RAG 5.06 Transfer Pricing in the 
Water Industry and the disclosures required by paragraph 6 of Condition F of the Company’s operating licence.

The Directors confirm that, to the best of their knowledge, all transactions with associated companies have been 
disclosed.

STATEMENT ON DIRECTORS’ 
PAY AND STANDARDS OF 
PERFORMANCE

(A) COMPLIANCE WITH LEGISLATION

The following statement on Directors’ remuneration is disclosed in accordance with section 35A of the Water Act 2003. 
It also has regard to the requirements of the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) 
(Amendment) Regulations 2013 in respect of Directors’ remuneration reporting for quoted companies, albeit in the context 
of a company which is not a listed public limited company. The information in section (d) below has been audited.

(B) STATEMENT BY THE CHAIRMAN OF THE REMUNERATION COMMITTEE

The members of the Remuneration Committee (the Committee) are A J Hunter (Chairman), H Mottram, P Rew, M Fay and  
D N Macrae. S Salter, from the management team, provides advice to the Committee from time to time. H Mottram does  
not participate in discussions relating to her own remuneration and her bonus targets are set directly by the Chairman.

The work of the Remuneration Committee comprises the adoption of principles and standards in relation to executive 
remuneration and benefits, as well as agreeing individual remuneration packages. All decisions regarding Directors’ 
remuneration are taken by the Committee, other than where stated.

During the year, the Committee:

•   Conducted a market review of Directors’ base salaries, primarily to reflect changes in responsibilities since the retirement 

of G Neave (Operations Director) in December 2014;

•  Agreed bonuses for the 2015 calendar year;

•  Set performance targets for Executive Directors and senior managers for the 2016 calendar year;

•  Agreed the level at which the Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) award in respect of the 2015 calendar year would vest; and

•  Revised the structure of the LTIP scheme for the award in respect of the 2016 calendar year.

A J Hunter 
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

(C) REMUNERATION POLICY

The policy of the Remuneration Committee is to pay no more than necessary to attract and retain good quality Directors,  
and to ensure that policy is aligned with market practice.

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

The remuneration of the Executive Directors comprises:

•  Basic salary;

•  Benefits in kind;

•  A performance related annual bonus;

•  Annual LTIP awards; and

•  Pension benefits.

In addition to reviewing each constituent element, the Committee reviews the remuneration packages as a whole to 
ensure that they remain appropriate in terms of structure and quantum.

136

137

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

BASIC SALARY

PENSION

Basic salary is reviewed annually based on individual contributions, periodic benchmarking to the external market and 
with regard to the expected pay award for other groups of employees.

The Company operates the NWPS which has defined benefit and defined contribution sections. The defined benefit 
section closed to new entrants on 31 December 2007.

The basic salaries payable to Directors of NWL are not directly linked to specific standards of performance in connection 
with the carrying out of functions of a ‘relevant undertaker’. There is no variable performance related element.

BENEFITS IN KIND

Benefits provided to the Executive Directors comprise car and fuel allowances and healthcare. There is no variable 
performance related element.

BONUS

The annual bonus is related to performance in the year, and is assessed on a calendar year basis. The performance 
targets are firmly linked to NWL’s strategic themes (customer, competitiveness, people, environment and communities). 
Stretching targets are set which are aligned to the Company’s vision of being the national leader in the provision of 
sustainable water and wastewater services.

Bonuses are paid in cash with no deferral. A clawback applies in the event that results on which the bonus is paid are 
subsequently found to be inaccurate or there has been relevant misconduct on the part of the employee. The bonus is 
structured with three elements, determined by the Committee:

•  Up to 50% payable on financial targets;

•  Up to 40% payable on balanced scorecard targets; and

•  Up to 10% payable on performance against personal targets.

The maximum bonus payable, as a percentage of basic salary, is 70% for the CEO and 50% for the other Executive 
Directors.

LTIP

Executive Directors participate in a cash based LTIP. The purpose of the LTIP is to remain competitive in the executive 
market and encourage retention of key people.

The Committee revised the structure of the LTIP during the year. Vesting continues to be based on performance in the 
first calendar year after award. However, the payment date has been changed such that for the LTIP awarded in 2016, 
payment is deferred until the completion of four years from the start of the performance period, rather than deferred for 
three years as applied for previous awards.

In addition, the structure has been simplified so that the LTIP awarded in 2016 is payable on financial performance only, 
with 50% related to delivery of expected distributions to Group shareholders in line with the Board approved plan and 
50% related to achievement of the Group profit after tax target. For each element, there will be no vesting if less than 
97.5% of the target value is achieved, increasing on a sliding scale to 50% vesting if 100% of the target is achieved and 
100% vesting if 105% of the target is achieved.

Previous awards were structured in three elements with 70% related to financial performance, 15% related to customer 
service performance and 15% related to asset performance.

The maximum LTIP payable, as a percentage of basic salary, is 50% for the CEO and 30% for the other Executive 
Directors.

A C Jones participates in a defined benefit section, making an employee contribution of 8% of basic salary (under a 
salary sacrifice arrangement) and receiving an employer contribution equivalent to 18.9% of salary, up to 31 December 
2015, and 22.1% with effect from 1 January 2016. Benefits are calculated on a CARE basis with future accrual at 1/45th of 
salary per annum.

H Mottram and C I Johns participate in the defined contribution section of the NWPS. They each make an employee 
contribution of 8% of their respective basic salaries and receive an employer contribution of 15% of salary, up to the 
annual pension contribution taxation limits.

More details of the NWPS are provided in note 21 of the Statutory Financial Statements. There is no variable performance 
related element.

ILLUSTRATION OF REMUNERATION POLICY

H MOTTRAM

0

BASE

EXPECTED

MAXIMUM

C I JOHNS

200

100%

64%

50%

£’000

400

600

800

23%

13%

£400k

£625k

29%

21%

£804k

0

200

BASE

100%

EXPECTED

73%

600

800

£’000

400

18%

9%

MAXIMUM

50%

25%

15%

A C JONES

0

BASE

200

100%

£’000

400

600

800

EXPECTED

74%

17%

9%

MAXIMUM

62%

24%

14%

£217k

£298k

£360k

£329k

£444k

£533k

Salary, benefits  
& pension

Annual bonus

LTIP

138

139

For the purposes of the graph, annual bonus has been assumed to achieve 60% of the maximum potential value and 
LTIP has been assumed to achieve 50% of the maximum value, though awards are dependent upon actual performance. 
Information on actual awards for bonus and LTIP in respect of 2015 is provided on pages 141 to 142.

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

BASIC SALARY 

BENEFITS

The Company’s policy is that the Independent Non-Executive Directors receive fees for their duties. The level of fees 
is set by reference to the market. An additional fee is paid to the Chair of the Audit Committee to reflect the additional 
responsibilities and time commitment involved. The Non-Executive Directors do not receive benefits in kind and do not 
participate in bonus, LTIP or pension schemes operated by the Company.

The INEDs do not receive any other remuneration from the Company, the Group or its shareholders. 

In respect of the Non-Executive Directors appointed by the Group’s shareholders, F R Frame receives the same base 
fee for performing his duties as a Director of both the Company and NWGL. This fee is shared with NWL paying a 30% 
proportion and NWGL paying the remaining 70%. The other Non-Executive Directors receive no remuneration from the 
Company.

(D) DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION IN 2015-16

The table below shows the total remuneration paid by the Company to Directors during the 12 month periods to  
31 March 2015 and 2016. The table has been produced in accordance with the requirements of Large and Medium- 
sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013.

In 2012 the Committee agreed to restructure the 
remuneration of the Executive Directors by reducing the 
value of bonus and LTIP awards and offsetting this with 
an adjustment to basic pay (with advice from Hay Group, 
independent external reward consultants). This became 
effective from January 2013. For 2016, senior executives 
were awarded an annual increase in their basic salaries 
of 1.5%, which was less than the level awarded to most 
employees.

During 2015, the Committee conducted a market review 
of Directors’ base salaries, primarily to reflect changes 
in responsibilities since the retirement of G Neave in 
December 2014. For A C Jones, this included taking 
responsibility for the asset management process, from 
strategy and planning to asset delivery, including delivery 
of capital efficiency targets.

Taxable benefits provided to the Executive Directors 
comprise car and fuel allowance, healthcare and 
professional subscriptions. The values are not significant  
in the context of overall remuneration.

SALARIES  
AND FEES

BENEFITS  
IN KIND

BONUS

LTIP

PENSION

TOTAL 
REMUNERATION

BONUS

2016

2015

2016

2015

2016

2015

2016

2015

2016

2015

2016

2015

The annual bonus for the calendar year 2015 was structured by the Committee, in accordance with the policy outlined 
above, as follows:

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

•  Up to 50% payable on Balanced Scorecard financial targets;

H Mottram

C I Johns

A C Jones

G Neave

M Fay

F R Frame

Dr S Lyster

M A B Nègre

P Rew

324

162

252

-

43

13

43

43

55

319

159

212

189

42

12

42

42

54

9

9

14

-

-

-

-

-

-

10

9

14

11

-

-

-

-

-

210

206

102

41

58

-

-

-

-

-

-

48

60

68

-

-

-

-

-

32

41

-

-

-

-

-

-

99

31

40

45

-

-

-

-

-

61

43

281

-

-

-

-

-

-

60

42

56

22

-

-

-

-

-

706

287

646

-

43

13

43

43

55

694

289

382

335

42

12

42

42

54

935 

1,071 

32

44

309

382

175

215

385

180

1,836

1,892

The table shows only the proportion of remuneration borne by the Company. For two of the Directors, H Mottram and  
C I Johns, NWL pays 70% of their remuneration and NWGL pays the remaining 30%. For F R Frame, NWL pays 30% of  
his remuneration and NWGL pays the remaining 70%. For the other Directors reported in the table, NWL pays 100% of 
their remuneration.

G Neave resigned from the Board on 31 December 2014.

A C Jones is a member of the defined benefit section of the NWPS, therefore the pension value shown in the table above 
has been calculated in accordance with the 2013 Regulations. This represents the estimated increase in the capital value 
of his pension resulting from the decision by the Committee to increase his salary to reflect his extended responsibilities, 
as described on the next page.

140

•  Up to 40% payable on Balanced Scorecard non-financial targets; and

•  Up to 10% payable on performance against personal targets.

The Balanced Scorecard measures and targets, and performance against the targets in the year, are detailed on page 17 
of the Strategic Report and summarised below.

SCORECARD  
MEASURE

Competitiveness

Customer

People

Environment

Communities

Total

% OF TOTAL 
AWARDED

% OF TOTAL 
BONUS 
POTENTIAL

12.5

12

-

4

8

36.5

50

16

8

8

8

90

141

 
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

In respect of the 10% of bonus related to personal targets, the individual targets were as follows:

PENSION

•   H Mottram had targets including delivering expected financial performance, retention of existing credit ratings, 
delivery of outstanding customer service, a wider set of KPIs relating to a Balanced Scorecard of targets and 
leadership and delivery of the Company’s Business Plan;

•   C I Johns had targets including delivering expected financial performance, retention of existing credit ratings, 

maintaining the sustainability of the NWPS and implementing a financial business partnering model to support the 
business to achieve efficiency objectives; and

•   A C Jones had targets including delivering changes to the asset planning and delivery process to deliver target 

efficiencies, enhancing regulatory relationships with DWI, Ofwat and EA and improving customer and community 
experience with capital investment projects.

A number of these targets related to NWL’s performance as a relevant undertaker. In assessing overall performance,  
the Committee takes into account the Company’s position in Ofwat reports. 

For the CEO, in addition to the bonus calculation explained above, a further discretionary award was made by the 
Committee to reflect the Board’s continued satisfaction with the CEO’s performance. This remained within the limit of  
the overall potential maximum bonus award.

The total annual bonus awards for 2015 were as follows:

BONUS AWARDED  
(OUT OF 100%)

MAXIMUM BONUS  
(% OF BASIC SALARY)

BONUS AWARDED 
(% OF BASIC SALARY)

90.5%

46.5%

46.5%

70%

50%

50%

63.3%

23.3%

23.3%

H Mottram

C I Johns

A C Jones

LTIP

A cash LTIP was awarded by the Committee in 2015, structured in accordance with the policy in place prior to the 
change made by the Committee during 2015, as follows:

•  Up to 70% payable on financial performance targets;

•  Up to 15% payable on SIM performance targets; and

•  Up to 15% payable on asset performance targets.

The scheme related to the period January 2015 to December 2017. Performance targets were assessed in the first year 
of the scheme with payment deferred until early 2018, after the end of the three year scheme period.

The Committee assessed the performance against the scheme criteria in April 2016. In respect of financial performance, 
35% out of the maximum of 70% available vested.

In respect of SIM performance, NWL’s combined score was assessed as being third position, compared against the other 
water and sewerage companies in England and Wales. This resulted in 11.25% out of the maximum of 15% available 
against this metric vesting.

All asset classes were assessed at stable serviceability, therefore the full 15% available against this metric vested. 

The Committee therefore approved that the 2015 LTIP should vest at 61.25%. This is not dependent upon any future 
performance conditions being met. 

Pension arrangements operated in accordance with the 
policy outlined on page 139.

For A C Jones, the value reported in the table on page 140 
reflects the increase in the capital value of his accrued 
benefits in the year, calculated in accordance with 
Schedule 8 of the Large and Medium-sized Companies 
and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2013. 
This takes account of the salary review conducted by 
the Committee during 2015 which reflected the increase 
his responsibilities in relation to the asset management 
process and capital efficiency targets.

BONUS

The Balanced Scorecard targets for 2016-17 are detailed 
on page 17 of the Strategic Report.

PERSONAL TARGETS FOR 2016 HAVE BEEN 
SET AS FOLLOWS:

•   H Mottram has targets including delivering expected 
financial performance, retention of existing credit 
ratings, delivery of outstanding customer service, 
ensuring business readiness for the opening of the 
non household retail market, a wider set of KPIs 
relating to a Balanced Scorecard of targets and 
leadership and delivery of the Company’s Business 
Plan.

•   C I Johns has targets including delivering expected 
financial performance, retention of existing credit 
ratings, implementing new financial reporting 
standards across all Group companies and 
successfully implementing a Group restructuring.

•   A C Jones has targets including the development of a 
collaborative working culture with our asset delivery 
partners in support of capital efficiency targets, 
overseeing the development and implementation of 
a behavioural safety programme, engagement with 
Ofwat’s Water 2020 programme and commencement 
of preparations for the PR19 price review.

(E) IMPLEMENTATION OF REMUNERATION 
POLICY IN 2016-17

There have been no changes made by the Committee 
to the remuneration policy to be implemented in 2016-
17, other than the change to the LTIP scheme described 
below. A change has been made to the component parts of 
the Balanced Scorecard, replacing employee participation 
in Just an Hour with category 1 and 2 pollution events, as 
defined by the EA.

LTIP

A new cash based LTIP was awarded by the Committee 
in 2016 for the period January 2016 to December 2018 
structured in accordance with the revised policy outlined 
on page 138, as follows:

•   Up to 50% payable on delivery of distributions to Group 

shareholder in line with the Board plan; and

•   Up to 50% payable on Group profit after tax 

performance.

The maximum LTIP payable, as a percentage of basic 
salary, is 50% for H Mottram and 30% for C I Johns and  
A C Jones.

142

143

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S 
REPORT TO THE WATER SERVICES 
REGULATION AUTHORITY 
(‘WSRA’) AND DIRECTORS OF 
NORTHUMBRIAN WATER LIMITED

OPINION ON ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

BASIS OF PREPARATION

In our opinion, Northumbrian Water Limited‘s (the 
Company) Regulatory Accounting Statements within the 
Annual Performance Report:

•   Fairly present in accordance with Condition F, the 

Regulatory Accounting Guidelines issued by the WSRA 
(RAG1.06, RAG2.05, RAG3.08, RAG4.05 and RAG5.06) 
and the accounting policies set out on pages 112 to 113 
(including the accounting separation methodology), the 
state of the Company’s affairs at 31 March 2016 and its 
profit and its cash flow for the year then ended; and

•   Have been properly prepared in accordance with 
Condition F, the Regulatory Accounting Guidelines 
and the accounting policies (including the accounting 
separation methodology).

Financial information other than that prepared on the  
basis of FRS 101 does not necessarily represent a true and 
fair view of the financial performance or financial position 
of a company as shown in statutory financial statements 
prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006. 
The Annual Performance Report is separate from the 
statutory financial statements of the Company and has not 
been prepared under the basis of International Financial 
Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union 
(‘IFRSs’).

In forming our opinion on the Regulatory Accounting 
Statements within the Annual Performance Report, which  
is not modified, we draw attention to the fact that the 
Annual Performance Report has been prepared in 
accordance with Condition F, the Regulatory Accounting 
Guidelines, the accounting policies (including the 
accounting seperation methodology) set out in the 
statement of accounting policies and under the historical 
cost convention.

The Regulatory Accounting Statements on pages 112 to 
147 have been drawn up in accordance with Regulatory 
Accounting Guidelines with a number of departures from 
IFRSs. A summary of the effect of these departures from 
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice in the Company’s 
statutory financial statements is included in the tables 
within section 1.

144

145

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

WHAT WE HAVE AUDITED

The sections within the Company’s Annual Performance 
Report that we have audited (‘the Regulatory Accounting 
Statements’) comprise:

•   The regulatory financial reporting tables comprising 
the income statement (table 1A), the statement of 
comprehensive income (table 1B), the statement of 
financial position (table 1C), the statement of cash flows 
(table 1D) and the net debt analysis (table 1E) and the 
related notes; and

•   The regulatory price review and other segmental 

reporting tables comprising the segmental income 
statement (table 2A), the totex analysis for wholesale 
water and wastewater (table 2B), the operating cost 
analysis for retail (table 2C), the historical cost analysis 
of fixed assets for wholesale and retail (table 2D), the 
analysis of capital contributions and land sales for 
wholesale (table 2E), the household water revenues 
by customer type (table 2F), the non-household 
water revenues by customer type (table 2G), the non-
household wastewater revenues by customer type (table 
2H) and the revenue analysis by customer type (table 
2I) and the related notes.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied 
in their preparation comprises the basis of preparation 
and accounting policies set out in the notes to the Annual 
Performance Report.

In applying the financial reporting framework, the 
Directors have made a number of subjective judgements, 
for example in respect of significant accounting estimates. 
In making such estimates, they have made assumptions 
and considered future events.

We have not audited the Outcome performance table 
(Table 3A) and the additional regulatory information in 
tables 4A to 4I.

This report is made, on terms that have been agreed, 
solely to the Company and the WSRA in order to meet 
the requirements of Condition F of the Instrument of 
Appointment granted by the Secretary of State for the 
Environment to the Company as a water and sewage 
undertaker under the Water Industry Act 1991 (‘Condition 
F’). Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might 
state to the Company and the WSRA those matters that we 
have agreed to state to them in our report, in order (a) to 
assist the Company to meet its obligation under Condition 
F to procure such a report and (b) to facilitate the carrying 
out by the WSRA of its regulatory functions, and for no 
other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we 
do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other 
than the Company and the WRSA, for our audit work, for 
this report or for the opinions we have formed. 

RESPECTIVE RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE WSRA, 
THE DIRECTORS AND AUDITORS

WHAT AN AUDIT OF THE ANNUAL PERFORMANCE 
REPORT INVOLVES

OPINION ON OTHER MATTERS PRESCRIBED  
BY CONDITION F

As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ 
Responsibilities set out on page 110, the Directors are 
responsible for the preparation of the Annual Performance 
Report and for their fair presentation in accordance with 
the basis of preparation and accounting policies. Our 
responsibility is to audit and express an opinion on the 
Regulatory Accounting Statements within the Annual 
Performance Report in accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland) (‘ISAs (UK & 
Ireland)’), except as stated in the section on ‘What an audit 
of the Annual Performance report involves’ below, and 
having regard to the guidance contained in Audit 05/03 
‘Reporting to Regulators of Regulated Entities’ issued by 
the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and 
Wales. Those standards require us to comply with the 
Auditing Practices Board’s Ethical Standards for Auditors.

An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts 
and disclosures in the Regulatory Accounting Statements 
sufficient to give reasonable assurance that the Regulatory 
Accounting Statements within the Annual Performance 
Report are free from material misstatement, whether 
caused by fraud or error. This includes an assessment of: 
whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the 
company’s circumstances and have been consistently 
applied and adequately disclosed; the reasonableness of 
significant accounting estimates made by the directors; 
and the overall presentation of the Annual Performance 
Report. In addition, we read all the financial and non-
financial information in the Financial Statements 
and Annual Performance Report to identify material 
inconsistencies with the audited sections of the Annual 
Performance Report and to identify any information that 
is apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially 
inconsistent with, the knowledge acquired by us in the 
course of performing the audit. If we become aware of any 
apparent material misstatements or inconsistencies  
we consider the implications for our report.

We have not assessed whether the accounting policies are 
appropriate to the circumstances of the Company where 
these are laid down by Condition F. Where Condition F 
does not give specific guidance on the accounting policies 
to be followed, our audit includes an assessment of 
whether the accounting policies adopted in respect of the 
transactions and balances required to be included in the 
Annual Performance Report are consistent with those used 
in the preparation of the statutory financial statements 
of the company. Furthermore, as the nature, form and 
content of Annual Performance Report is determined by 
the WSRA, we did not evaluate the overall adequacy of the 
presentation of the information, which would have been 
required if we were to express an audit opinion under ISAs 
(UK & Ireland).

The Company has presented the allocation of operating 
costs and assets in accordance with the accounting 
separation policy set out on page 143 and its Accounting 
Separation Methodology Statement published on the 
Company’s website on 15 July 2016. We are not required 
to assess whether the methods of cost allocation set out 
in the Methodology Statement are appropriate to the 
circumstances of the Company or whether they meet 
the requirements of the WSRA, which would have been 
required if we were to express an audit opinion under 
International Standards on Auditing (UK & Ireland).

Under the terms of our contract we have assumed 
responsibility to provide those additional opinions 
required by Condition F in relation to the accounting 
records. In our opinion:

•   Proper accounting records have been kept by the 

appointee as required by paragraph 3 of Condition  
F; and

•   The Regulatory Accounting Statements are in  

agreement with the accounting records and returns 
retained for the purpose of preparing the Annual 
Performance Report.

OTHER MATTERS

The nature, form and content of the Annual Performance 
Report is determined by the WSRA. It is not appropriate 
for us to assess whether the nature of the information 
being reported upon is suitable or appropriate for 
the WRSA’s purposes. Accordingly we make no such 
assessment.

Our opinion on the Regulatory Accounting Statements 
within the Annual Performance Report is separate from 
our opinion on the statutory financial statements of the 
Company for the year ended 31 March 2016 on which 
we reported on 15 July 2015, which are prepared for 
a different purpose. Our audit report in relation to the 
statutory financial statements of the Company (our 
‘Statutory audit’) was made solely to the Company’s 
members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 
16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our Statutory audit work 
was undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s 
members those matters we are required to state to them in 
a statutory audit report and for no other purpose. In these 
circumstances, to the fullest extent permitted by law, we do 
not accept or assume responsibility for any other purpose 
or to any other person to whom our Statutory audit report 
is shown or into whose hands it may come save where 
expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

Anthony Matthews (Senior statutory auditor)  
for and on behalf of Deloitte LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditor  
Newcastle Upon Tyne, United Kingdom 
15 July 2016

146

147

 
 
 
 
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

OUR 
PERFORMANCE 
2015-16

INTRODUCTION

This is the first year of our customer focused business 
plan for 2015-2020 and we are changing the way that we 
report our performance to reflect our new approach based 
on Outcomes, measures of success and performance 
commitments.

Outcomes express the high-level objectives that our 
actions intend to deliver. They represent what customers 
and society value in the long-term. In consultation with 
our customers and stakeholders, we have developed and 
agreed 12 delivery Outcomes which cover our strategic 
themes of customer, environment and competitiveness. 
We have also developed an additional seven enabling 
Outcomes which cover our strategic themes of 
communities, people and reputation.

Everything we do is covered by an Outcome and to deliver 
Outcomes we have clear metrics that show how we are 
performing – our measures of success (MoS).

Each Outcome can have several measures of success 
and we must, as a minimum, deliver a stable level of 
service to our customers – these are our performance 
commitments (PC).

Measurement of performance and calculation of any 
penalties or rewards is calculated using the methodology 
stated in our PR14 Final Determination, and is subject to 
robust assurance. Some of the ODI have earned a reward 
in the year to 31 March 2016, although this will not be 
reflected in the RCV until 1 April 2020 in the next price 
control period.

For MoS within our Asset Health baskets, the methodology 
states that these are measured on a three-year average. 
Within this performance summary, we have also included 
actual annual performance.

Within Table 3A, performance against PCs for the Asset 
Health measures have not been assessed although actual 
three-year average performance is shown. This is because 
the first assessment point, for penalty and/or reward, will 
not take place until the end of 2017-18.

For delivering better performance we could earn a 
financial reward. However, poor performance means 
that we could incur a financial penalty. These are called 
outcome delivery incentives or ODI.

This commentary highlights our performance, by 
Outcome, reporting against each of our measures of 
success. It also covers our enabling and reputational 
Outcomes which are not part of Table 3A.

Our two baskets of Asset Health measures (one for 
wastewater services and one for water services) are an 
innovative way of monitoring, protecting and incentivising 
the long-term sustainable stewardship of our assets. 
They are linked to our customers’ valuations of service 
improvements that they want us to deliver between 2015 
and 2020.

This performance summary will set out in an open, 
transparent and clear way the work that we are doing 
to deliver our Outcomes and provide the water and 
wastewater services that our customers want. It provides 
the extended commentary for Table 3A. 

We have engaged with our Water Forums to discuss 
our performance and further information about our 
performance is available in a more customer-friendly 
presentation on our websites at www.nwl.co.uk,  
www.eswater.co.uk and www.welivewater.co.uk.

148

149

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

SECTION 3:  
PERFORMANCE SUMMARY

3A OUTCOME PERFORMANCE TABLE

UNIQUE ID

PERFORMANCE COMMITMENT

W-A1

W-B1

W-B2

W-B3

W-C1

W-C2

W-C3

W-C4

W-C5

W-D1

W-D2

W-D3

W-E1

W-F1

W-F2

S-A1

S-B1

S-B2

S-B3

S-B4

S-B5

S-B6

S-B7

S-C1

Asset Health measures - water

Satisfaction with taste and odour of tap water

Overall drinking water compliance (AH)

Discoloured water complaints (AH)

Interruptions to water supply for more than  
3 hours (average time per property per year)

Properties experiencing poor water pressure (AH)

Water mains bursts (AH)

Leakage Northumbrian area

Leakage Essex and Suffolk area

NWL independent overall customer satisfaction score

SIM

Domestic customer satisfaction, net promoter score

NWL independent survey on keeping customers informed

Greenhouse gas emissions

Annual environmental performance report

Asset Health measures - wastewater

Properties flooded externally

Properties flooded internally

Repeat sewer flooding (AH)

Sewer collapses (AH)

Transferred drains and sewers - internal sewer flooding

Transferred drains and sewers - external sewer flooding

Transferred drains and sewers - sewer collapses

Sewage treatment works discharge compliance (AH)

Table continued overleaf

150

UNITS

2014-15 
PERFORMANCE 
LEVEL - ACTUAL

2015-16 
PERFORMANCE 
LEVEL - ACTUAL

2015-16 
COMMITTED 
PERFORMANCE 
LEVEL MET?

NOTIONAL 
REWARD OR 
PENALTY 
ACCRUED AT  
31 MARCH 2016

NOTIONAL 
REWARD OR 
PENALTY 
ACCRUED AT  
31 MARCH 2016

TOTAL AMP6 
REWARD OR 
PENALTY 31 
MARCH 2020 
FORECAST

TOTAL AMP6 
REWARD OR 
PENALTY  
31 MARCH 2020 
FORECAST

n/a

nr

%

nr

seconds

nr

nr

Ml/d

Ml/d

score

score

nr

%

KtCO2e

n/a

n/a

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

nr

n/a

1,405

99.930

4,292

236

254

3,964

136.77

60.86

8.3

83.72

42

91

213.6

n/a

n/a

1,170

228

555

49

188

2,479

74

1

n/a

1,225

99,937

3,762

200

238

3,916

134.66

62.42

8.5

83.64

49

94

225.2

n/a

n/a

1,061

143

184

48

219

2,506

58

1

-

Reward deadband

-

-

£’m

-

-

-

-

Reward

3.8

-

-

Reward deadband

Reward deadband

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Reward

Reward

-

-

Reward deadband

Reward deadband

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

0.2

0.5

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Yes

-

-

Yes

-

-

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

-

No

Yes

-

Yes

Yes

-

-

Yes

Yes

Yes

-

-

-

-

Reward

Reward

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Reward

Reward

Reward

-

-

-

-

-

£’m

-

-

-

0.2

9.8

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

0.2

2.0

3.8

-

-

-

-

-

151

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

CONTINUED 3A OUTCOME PERFORMANCE TABLE

UNIQUE ID

PERFORMANCE COMMITMENT

UNITS

2014-15 
PERFORMANCE 
LEVEL - ACTUAL

2015-16 
PERFORMANCE 
LEVEL - ACTUAL

2015-16 
COMMITTED 
PERFORMANCE 
LEVEL MET?

NOTIONAL 
REWARD OR 
PENALTY 
ACCRUED AT  
31 MARCH 2016

NOTIONAL 
REWARD OR 
PENALTY 
ACCRUED AT  
31 MARCH 2016

£’m

TOTAL AMP6 
REWARD OR 
PENALTY 31 
MARCH 2020 
FORECAST

TOTAL AMP6 
REWARD OR 
PENALTY  
31 MARCH 2020 
FORECAST

£’m

Pollution incidents (category 3) (AH)

Bathing water compliance

Whitburn combined sewer overflow scheme

NWL independent overall customer satisfaction score

SIM

Domestic customer satisfaction, net promoter score

NWL independent survey on keeping customers informed

Greenhouse gas emissions

Annual environmental performance report

NWL independent overall customer satisfaction score

SIM

Domestic customer satisfaction, net promoter score

NWL independent value for money survey

Satisfied with value for money of water services - Northumbrian region 
(CCWater research)

Satisfied with value for money of sewerage services - Northumbrian 
region (CCWater research)

Satisfied with value for money of water services - Essex & Suffolk region 
(CCWater research)

NWL independent survey on keeping customers informed

Greenhouse gas emissions

Annual environmental performance report

Delivering a consolidated Customer Information and Billing system

nr

nr

yes/no

score

score

nr

%

KtCO2e

n/a

score

score

nr

score

%

%

%

%

KtCO2e

n/a

yes/no

136

33

n/a

8.3

83.72

42

91

213.6

n/a

8.3

83.72

42

8.1

78

81

73

91

213.6

n/a

n/a

124

33

n/a

8.5

83.64

49

94

225.2

n/a

8.5

83.64

49

8.2

77

79

70

94

225.2

n/a

n/a

-

Yes

-

Yes

No

Yes

-

No

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

No

No

-

No

Yes

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

S-C2

S-C3

S-C4

S-D1

S-D2

S-D3

S-E1

S-F1

S-F2

R-B1

R-B2

R-B3

R-C1

R-C2

R-C3

R-C4

R-D1

R-E1

R-E2

R-F1

152

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

153

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

2015-16 PERFORMANCE -  
OUR DELIVERY OUTCOMES

We provide excellent service and impress 
our customers

Our customers consider the services they receive 
to be value for money

Our customers are well informed about the services 
they receive and the value of water

OUR MEASURES OF SUCCESS AND PERFORMANCE COMMITMENTS
These three Outcomes are very closely connected, so we have grouped them together for the purpose of this report. 
They cover seven MoS: independent overall customer satisfaction survey; Ofwat service incentive mechanism; domestic 
customer satisfaction (net promoter score); independent value for money survey; and three CCWater value for money 
surveys covering water and wastewater services.

INDEPENDENT OVERALL CUSTOMER SATISFACTION SURVEY (W-D1, S-D1 & R-D1)

DOMESTIC CUSTOMER SATISFACTION, NET PROMOTER SCORE (NPS) (W-D3 & S-D3)

2014
PERFORMANCE

BURSTS+42

NET PROMOTER SCORE

EXCELLENT

EXCELLENT

2015
PERFORMANCE 
COMMITMENT

2015
PERFORMANCE

+32 +49

OR ABOVE

NET PROMOTER SCORE

NET PROMOTER SCORE

There is no single measure that will provide us with the full picture of our customers’ satisfaction, so to benchmark 
ourselves outside the water industry, we have been measuring our NPS. This measures customer advocacy (the loyalty 
that exists between us and our customers). 

Our annual NPS continues to improve year on year. Our NPS in 2015 improved from +42 in 2014 to +49. This is 
significantly above our PC of +32 and ranks us alongside household names such as Apple and Amazon who operate in 
highly competitive retail markets where their performance is linked to customer loyalty. This high score indicates that our 
customers continue to trust our company.

2015
PERFORMANCE 
COMMITMENT

REWARD
CAP

2015
PERFORMANCE

8.2 8.5

OR ABOVE

OVERALL CUSTOMER
SATISFACTION SCORE

OVERALL CUSTOMER
SATISFACTION SCORE

2014
PERFORMANCE

BURSTS8.3

OVERALL CUSTOMER
SATISFACTION SCORE

A high level of customer satisfaction has been confirmed through our quarterly tracking research, undertaken for us  
by an independent company. Our customers’ overall satisfaction has improved at the end of 2015 compared to 2014.  
This satisfaction level of 8.5 is our best experienced since the research tracking programmes started, and better than 
our PC of 8.2.

154

155

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

OFWAT SERVICE INCENTIVE MECHANISM (SIM) (W-D2, S-D2 & R-B2)

INDEPENDENT VALUE FOR MONEY SURVEY (R-C1)

2014/2015
PERFORMANCE

2015/2016
PERFORMANCE 
COMMITMENT

2015/2016
PERFORMANCE

EXCELLENT

84.25

BURSTS

SIM SCORE

90.00 83.64

SIM SCORE

OR ABOVE
SIM SCORE

EXCELLENT

2015
PERFORMANCE 
COMMITMENT

2015
PERFORMANCE

7.9 8.2

OR ABOVE

CUSTOMER
SATISFACTION SCORE

CUSTOMER
SATISFACTION SCORE

Ofwat’s SIM measures our customers’ experience of dealing with us and provides a good indication of how well we are 
serving our customers, who have had a reason to contact us. Our SIM score for 2015-16 was 83.64.

The SIM measure has recently changed and is now based on customer satisfaction levels for all inbound customer 
contact to NWG. The new measure puts a greater emphasis on the quality of the customer experience, from first point of 
contact to the resolution of the issue. We welcome this change because we believe customers’ views of performance are 
more important than quantitative measures, such as volume of unwanted contacts.

Our aim is to be the leading Company and we are disappointed not to have achieved a better SIM score. This was 
predominately due to a poor score on the fourth and final wave of surveys. Some areas for further improvement have 
been identified including speed of resolution, ownership of issues and keeping customers informed.

Our new strategy for delivering unrivalled customer experience, ‘ Living Water, Loving Customers’, which is discussed 
later in this section, will help us to deliver these improvements.

Our value for money survey score improved from 8.1 in 2014 to 8.2 in 2015, which is above our PC of 7.9.

CCWATER VALUE FOR MONEY SURVEY (R-C2, R-C3 & R-C4)

Each year CCWater asks customers for their views about the services they receive from their water and sewerage 
company and value for money of those services. CCWater consider each of our value for money scores to be stable, 
based on performance over the last five years. However, we are below our PC for each service and we have described, 
in the highlights section, a number of steps we are taking to improve our customers’ experience. 

SATISFIED WITH VALUE FOR MONEY OF WATER SERVICES - NW

2014/2015
PERFORMANCE

BURSTS77%

CUSTOMER
SATISFACTION SCORE

EXCELLENT

2015/2016
PERFORMANCE 
COMMITMENT

2015/2016
PERFORMANCE

83% 77%

OR ABOVE

CUSTOMER
SATISFACTION SCORE

CUSTOMER
SATISFACTION SCORE

156

Our PC was set at 83%, which was our best ever performance achieved in 2011. The latest CCWater research results 
relating to value for money of water services in our Northumbrian Water area remain constant for the last two years at 
77%. This is above the industry average of 76%.

157

BURSTS8.12014PERFORMANCECUSTOMERSATISFACTION SCOREANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

SATISFIED WITH VALUE FOR MONEY OF WATER SERVICES-ESW

INDEPENDENT SURVEY ON KEEPING CUSTOMERS INFORMED (W-E1, S-E1 & R-D1)

2014/2015
PERFORMANCE

BURSTS75%

CUSTOMER
SATISFACTION SCORE

EXCELLENT

2015/2016
PERFORMANCE 
COMMITMENT

2015/2016
PERFORMANCE

73% 70%

OR ABOVE

CUSTOMER
SATISFACTION SCORE

CUSTOMER
SATISFACTION SCORE

PERFORMANCE 
COMMITMENT TO BE
DETERMINED IN 2017

2015
PERFORMANCE

94%

PERCENTAGE
OF CUSTOMERS
WHO FEEL INFORMED

The latest CCWater research results relating to value for money of water services in Essex & Suffolk Water reduced to 
70% in 2015-16 from 75% in 2014-15. This is below our PC target of 73%. 

SATISFIED WITH VALUE FOR MONEY OF SEWERAGE SERVICES-NW

At the end of 2015, 94% of our customers told us that they are supplied with all the information they want to feel informed 
about our services. This has increased by 3% since it was first included in our tracking research in 2014. It is important 
for us to improve our customers’ experience of the services we provide. In the next section we highlight work we are 
carrying out to improve our service with the aim of being the leading water and wastewater company.

2014/2015
PERFORMANCE

BURSTS80%

CUSTOMER
SATISFACTION SCORE

EXCELLENT

2015/2016
PERFORMANCE 
COMMITMENT

2015/2016
PERFORMANCE

84% 79%

OR ABOVE

CUSTOMER
SATISFACTION SCORE

CUSTOMER
SATISFACTION SCORE

Our PC was set at 84%, which was our best ever performance achieved in 2011. Customers in the Northumbrian  
Water region continue to be satisfied with the value for money of their sewerage services (79%). This is above the 
industry average of 78%.

158

159

BURSTS91%2014PERFORMANCEPERCENTAGEOF CUSTOMERSWHO FEEL INFORMEDANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

HIGHLIGHTS

LIVING WATER, LOVING CUSTOMERS

EASE OF CONTACT

VOICE OF THE CUSTOMER

CUSTOMER RESEARCH AND ENGAGEMENT

During 2015, we have worked with our customers, 
employees and supply chain partners to develop ‘Our 
Unrivalled Customer Experience Strategy’ – Living Water, 
Loving Customers.

Living Water, Loving Customers expresses our customer 
service ethos as a core element of our brand and culture.  
It communicates how we will deliver an unrivalled 
customer experience in line with our vision and values.

Our strategy is driven by our clear ambition to succeed 
beyond being industry leader, and the forever rising 
expectations of our customers. In a world where 
companies are judged more than ever before on their 
approach to service, we must provide exceptional 
experiences for customers, consistently.

The strategy addresses each of the areas that our 
customers have told us are important priorities. These 
include:

•   Showing each customer that they are special – make 

service extra personal;

•  Taking personal ownership for customers’ problems;

•  Keeping our promises; and

•  Making it easy.

Our strategy to deliver unrivalled customer experience 
coupled with Our Way, the service mindset cultural change 
programme we have been working on over the last four 
years, positions us well to realise our aspiration to deliver 
unrivalled customer service and to be the national leader 
in the provision of sustainable water and wastewater 
services.

The services we provide are essential to life and 
wellbeing, and our customers should always have 
complete trust and confidence in what we do. We want our 
service to be recognised as unrivalled, delivering superb 
value for money and experiences that get talked about for 
all the right reasons. 

To help us to improve service we have invested in  
new workforce management tools and field equipment 
enabling our people to deliver improved customer 
service more efficiently. This means that our people have 
all appropriate customer information accessible to them 
when working throughout our operating regions.

We are working hard to improve satisfaction when 
customers need to contact us. To do this we are continuing 
with our investment in customer service systems and the 
provision of customer choice in how they wish to contact 
us. In the last year we have made it easier for customers to 
pay and access their accounts through our web services. 
We let customers know when the latest statement is 
available so that they can keep up to date with their bill 
and water usage. 

We understand that our customers have individual 
requirements and expectations and want a choice in how 
they contact us. In the last year we have introduced a web-
chat option and we typically see over 800 customers per 
week choosing to use this service.

Effective communication is critical to customer satisfaction 
and we are proactive and innovative in how we do this. We 
use text and voice messaging to keep customers informed 
of events in their area or to confirm recent transactions. 
Some 10,000 to 20,000 messages are sent each week.

Our customers tell us that keeping them informed is 
important to them and by doing so we improve the service 
we provide and improve customer satisfaction.

OUR NEW CUSTOMER EXPERIENCE PROGRAMME

The implementation of our new integrated customer 
care and billing system is progressing well. This piece of 
work which we have called ONCE (Our New Customer 
Experience) programme will replace our ageing billing, 
collection and customer contact systems enhancing our 
ability to deliver great customer service.

The introduction of a new multi million pound customer 
management system will further enhance our service 
experienced by customers making it more personal, 
quicker and integrated. We expect this to have a positive 
effect on our SIM score.

The first major milestone for our ONCE programme is 
in line with market opening for business customers in 
April 2017. At this time, we will commence our wholesale 
operation using the new system. We are on track to meet 
this deadline. 

Following this, our next major milestone is to improve the 
customer experience for our Household customers. This 
will occur in two steps; billing will go live in October 2017 
and operational contact will go live in April 2018.

We have invested in a new Voice of the Customer system 
which enables customers to provide real time feedback 
on our customer service. This feedback is then shared 
with our people at an individual level providing a great 
opportunity to understand and improve the customer 
service they offer. The feedback is provided to our 
customer facing office and field staff providing them with 
visibility on areas of great service as well as opportunities 
for improvement. While this is a recent initiative we have 
already seen a step change in customer satisfaction ratings 
and expect that this will improve further as the system is 
opened up to more teams and people.

Collecting real time feedback on our service from 
customers presents us with the opportunity to further 
improve our service by being able to address any 
customers’ outstanding concerns or issues immediately. 
This will drive further improvements in our SIM score as 
we ‘close the loop’ in a timely manner.

GUARANTEED SERVICE STANDARDS (GSS) 
PAYMENTS 

We seek to provide excellent service. When things 
occasionally go wrong, the Water Supply and Sewerage 
Services (Customer Service Standards) Regulations 2008 
require companies to provide compensation payments to 
customers in certain circumstances.

We do whatever we can to minimise service failures and 
aim to pay promptly should we fail to meet guaranteed 
standards. In 2015-16 GSS payments for poor service 
reduced significantly for the third year in a row. The 
number of payments of this nature reduced by 34% 
from 2014-15 numbers with the reduction being largely 
attributable to a reduction in sewer flooding incident 
payments. This reflects the investment we have made  
as a business to improve our performance in this area  
of service. 

To satisfy our customers we need to understand what they 
want in terms of water and wastewater services, complaint 
resolution and communications. We establish expectations 
through extensive engagement with customers. In this way 
we build up a picture of where service improvements are 
necessary and the actions that can be taken to increase 
customer satisfaction in all of our dealings with customers. 

We plan our approach to customer engagement, ensuring 
the information we gather, both qualitative and quantitative, 
provides a coherent body of evidence across all of our 
outcomes, informing both operational and planning 
requirements.

Our approach to customer research and engagement 
is evolving, with more emphasis on having real two-
way conversations with our customers. For example, we 
have recently undertaken phase one of our engagement 
called “Defining the Conversation” where we asked our 
customers to tell us which aspects of our service are 
important to them and which aspects they want to talk to 
us about.

A key aspect of our engagement approach is to inform 
customers about our services to enable more meaningful 
conversations with them about future strategy and service 
levels. We also expect that informing customers about 
the breadth of our services in this way will improve their 
perception of value for money. 

We open up our customer research approach and 
outcomes to our Water Forums (Customer Challenge 
Groups) so that we benefit from both challenge and advice 
from a range of stakeholders. We also discuss research 
with CCWater and take its comments into account in 
designing research and interpreting outcomes. 

As well as the quarterly customer satisfaction research 
used for our MoS, we have also introduced a daily survey 
and ask around 10,000 customers each week what they 
think of our service. 

160

161

 
 
 
 
 
 
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

We provide a reliable and sufficient supply of water

OUR MEASURES OF SUCCESS AND PERFORMANCE COMMITMENTS
This Outcome has four MoS: leakage and the number of bursts occurring on our water network relating to a sufficient 
supply and water supply interruptions and properties affected by poor water pressure relating to a reliable supply.

LEAKAGE ESW (W-C5)

LEAKAGE NW (W-C4)

>142.00
PENALTY

<131.00
REWARD

REWARD
CAP

PERFORMANCE 
COMMITMENT
2015/2016

139

OR BELOW

MEGALITRES PER DAY

2015/2016
PERFORMANCE

134.66

MEGALITRES PER DAY

>67.0
PENALTY

<56.0
REWARD

2015/2016
PERFORMANCE 
COMMITMENT

66

OR BELOW

MEGALITRES PER DAY

2015/2016
PERFORMANCE

62.42

MEGALITRES PER DAY

In 2015-16 our performance in NW was 134.66 Ml/d, which is significantly better than our PC of 139 Ml/d.

Our performance in ESW was 62.42 Ml/d, again this is significantly better than our PC of 66.0 Ml/d.

We achieved this excellent performance in both our regions by instigating early proactive interventions to monitor and 
improve the condition of our network, and by having a prompt and efficient operational response to water mains bursts.

162

163

BURSTS136.772014/2015PERFORMANCEMEGALITRES PER DAYBURSTS60.862015/2016PERFORMANCEMEGALITRES PER DAYANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

WATER MAINS BURSTS (W-C3)

WATER SUPPLY INTERRUPTIONS (W-C1)

2014/2015
PERFORMANCE

2015/2016
ASSET HEALTH
PERFORMANCE 
COMMITMENT

2015/2016
PERFORMANCE

4053

BURSTS

NUMBER OF BURST
WATER MAINS

4586 3819

OR BELOW

NUMBER OF BURST
WATER MAINS

NUMBER OF BURST
WATER MAINS

>21:15
PENALTY

<06:50
REWARD

2015/2016
PERFORMANCE 
COMMITMENT

2015/2016
PERFORMANCE

06:50 03:20

minutes:seconds

minutes:seconds

OR BELOW

AVERAGE
INTERRUPTION TIME
PER PROPERTY
PER YEAR

AVERAGE
INTERRUPTION TIME
PER PROPERTY
PER YEAR

The figures above show our annual performance in 2014-15 and 2015-16 for water mains bursts. As this is an Asset 
Health measure, compliance with our PC will be assessed based on three-year average performance at the end of 2017-
18, 2018-19 and 2019-20. Consistent with this approach, Table 3A shows our three-year average performance of 3916 for 
the period 2013-14 to 2015-16, reflecting performance levels in 2013-14 and 2014-15, before the PC was applied.

Our performance continues to improve in relation to water supply interruptions (greater than 3 hours in length) to 
3 minutes and 20 seconds per property served in 2015-16. This is even better than our 2014-15 industry-leading 
performance of 3 minutes and 56 seconds per property served and much better than our PC of 6 minutes and 50 
seconds.

In 2015-16 we experienced our lowest ever number of water mains bursts, 3819. We attribute this improvement to our 
early proactive interventions to monitor and improve the condition of our water supply network, alongside favourable 
weather conditions throughout the year.

We achieved this leading level of performance by providing alternative temporary supplies where appropriate and 
through significantly improved operational responses and practices.

164

165

BURSTS03:562014/2015PERFORMANCEAVERAGEINTERRUPTION TIMEPER PROPERTYPER YEARminutes:secondsANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

PROPERTIES EXPERIENCING POOR WATER PRESSURE (W-C2)

2014/2015
PERFORMANCE

BURSTS231

NUMBER OF PROPERTIES

2015/2016
ASSET HEALTH
PERFORMANCE 
COMMITMENT

2015/2016
PERFORMANCE

216 221

NUMBER OF PROPERTIES

OR BELOW

NUMBER OF PROPERTIES

The figures above show our annual performance in 2014-15 and 2015-16 for properties experiencing poor water 
pressure. As this is an Asset Health measure, compliance with our PC will be assessed based on three-year average 
performance at the end of 2017-18, 2018-19 and 2019-20. Consistent with this approach, Table 3A shows our three-year 
average performance of 238 for the period 2013-14 to 2015-16, reflecting performance levels in 2013-14 and 2014-15 
before the PC was applied. We need to ensure that the improving trend is sustained in 2016-17 and beyond in order to 
achieve our PC.

During 2015-16, 221 properties were classed as experiencing poor water pressure. This is very slightly higher than our 
PC of 216.

We address properties that fail the pressure standard either within the year that they fail or through longer term planning 
or investment. This usually involves the installation of short lengths of additional pipe work or small pumping stations, or 
reconfigurations of our water supply network.

HIGHLIGHTS

SECURITY OF SUPPLY

The Security of Supply Index (SoSI) is a measure of how 
resilient we are against periods of drought in ensuring  
that we are able to meet our customers’ demands for a 
reliable and sufficient supply of water.

The SoSi for both our operating regions in 2015/16 was 
100%, the highest achievable level.

In ESW this is attributable to the completion of the 
extension to Abberton Reservoir, which has secured 
supplies for the region for 25 years.

In NW it is attributable to the fact that the majority of 
customers in our NW region are supported by Kielder 
Reservoir, which has significant surplus capacity and 
water resources are therefore sufficient.

At the Northern most point of our NW region, we have 
a small separate water resource zone – Berwick and 
Fowberry, which is served only by local groundwater 
sources. We are undertaking an investigation relating to 
the sustainability of these groundwater sources and taking 
steps to manage the balance of supply and demand.

These include:

•   A National Environment Programme (NEP) sustainability 

assessment;

•  A groundwater nitrate study;

•  A borehole rehabilitation programme; and

•  A targeted water efficiency programme.

The outputs of the studies will be used to inform our plans 
for 2020-25.

WATER EFFICIENCY

We have continued with our vigorous promotion of water 
efficiency in both the ESW and NW areas, achieving 
water savings equivalent to 0.68 Ml/d in 2015-16. We 
delivered our successful whole-town approach called 
“Every Drop Counts” in Grays, Essex and Berwick upon 
Tweed, Northumberland. In both locations the higher level 
of customer awareness led to greater water savings than 
would be achieved by carrying out single projects in a 
number of different locations.

Our work on water efficiency has again been recognised 
with awards for our H2eco Analysis research programme, 
#watersavingselfie social media campaign and Bourne 
Leisure Holiday Park retrofit scheme at the 2016 Waterwise 
Awards. Our Every Drop Counts initiative was also 
awarded as ‘winner’ at the 2016 SWIG Awards. A further 
four of our projects were highly commended at the same 
awards.

METERING 

We have continued to offer water meters companywide, 
free of charge, to those requesting them. All new 
properties must be metered.

When the occupier of a property changes, we take the 
opportunity to selectively install a water meter. The 
number of selective meters installed has started to 
increase as the housing market has begun to recover, 
towards the levels expected when forecasts were made  
in 2014.

Overall, water meter coverage continues to increase with 
59.8% of connected properties metered in Essex, 67.9%  
in Suffolk and 36.1% in NW. Combined this means that 
46.2% of our total connected properties are now metered.

166

167

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

We supply clean, clear drinking water that 
tastes good 

OUR MEASURES OF SUCCESS AND PERFORMANCE COMMITMENTS
This Outcome has three MoS.

OVERALL DRINKING WATER QUALITY COMPLIANCE (W-B2)

DRINKING WATER QUALITY 
COMPLIANCE

2014  
FAILURES

2014 
COMPLIANCE

2015  
FAILURES

2015 
COMPLIANCE

NW

ESW

33

36

99.947%

99.942%

17

12

99.953%

99.965%

In future we aim to reduce the number of water quality compliance failures further, achieving this through a combination 
of improved water treatment and targeted maintenance of the network.

Our strategy for drinking water quality remains focused on both public health and consumer confidence. We are 
committed to the supply of water which is clean, clear and tastes good whilst continuing our delivery of improvement 
schemes. 

The DWI regulates drinking water quality and reports on water companies’ performance can be found at the following 
link: http://dwi.defra.gov.uk/about/annual-report/index.htm

DISCOLOURED WATER COMPLAINTS (W-B3)

2014
PERFORMANCE

99.945%

BURSTS

PERCENTAGE COMPLIANCE

2015
ASSET HEALTH
PERFORMANCE 
COMMITMENT

2015
PERFORMANCE

99.940% 99.957%

OR ABOVE

PERCENTAGE COMPLIANCE

PERCENTAGE COMPLIANCE

The figures above show our annual performance in 2014 and 2015 for Overall Drinking Water Quality Compliance.  
As this is an Asset Health measure, compliance with our PC will be assessed based on three-year average performance 
at the end of 2017, 2018 and 2019. Consistent with this approach, Table 3A shows our three-year average performance  
of 99.937% for the period 2013-15, reflecting performance levels in 2013 and 2014 before the PC was applied. We need 
to ensure that the improving trend in 2014 and 2015 is sustained in 2016 and beyond in order to achieve our PC.

Our strategy for drinking water quality remains focused on both public health and customer confidence.

In 2015 our overall drinking water compliance was 99.957%, exceeding our Asset Health PC of 99.94%

The number of samples passing drinking water quality standards remained very high in 2015 with 99.965% of samples 
passing for ESW and 99.953% for NW. This represents an improvement in the ESW region whilst maintaining a solid level 
of compliance in the NW area.

In total we carried out around 128,000 tests companywide at customer taps in 2015 and only 29 failed strict quality 
standards. This compares to 69 failures seen in 2014. The improvement seen is as a result of reduced taste and odour 
failures and iron failures. In ESW our abstraction management scheme was a great success and the number of pesticides 
detected reduced from 12 in 2014 to two in 2015. 

Although the overall number of failures has reduced significantly, this only results in a small improvement in the average 
compliance for all zones. It is important to note that the levels of pesticide, iron and lead recorded are extremely small 
and do not pose a risk to public health. 

2015
ASSET HEALTH
PERFORMANCE 
COMMITMENT

2015
PERFORMANCE

4054 2923

OR BELOW

NUMBER OF
DISCOLOURED
WATER COMPLAINTS

NUMBER OF
DISCOLOURED
WATER COMPLAINTS

The figures above show our annual performance in 2014 and 2015 for discoloured water complaints. As this is an Asset 
Health measure, compliance with our PC will be assessed based on three-year average performance at the end of 2017, 
2018 and 2019. Consistent with this approach, Table 3A shows our three-year average performance of 3,762 for the 
period 2013-15, reflecting performance levels in 2013 and 2014 before the PC was applied.

Our work to reduce discoloured water contacts has reduced complaints from 3,884 in 2014 to 2,923 in 2015, our best 
ever performance. We aim to continue with our strategy to improve performance further for our customers.

The improvement strategy includes reducing sources of discolouration and managing the network more effectively. 
In short we will deliver work at treatment works to further reduce the levels of manganese, which is a source of 
discolouration as it accumulates in the network. We are also improving water quality at a number of sites for lead 
compliance reasons, altering the pH to produce stable water. This will reduce the transfer of iron from unlined pipes  
into the water supply, further reducing discolouration.

Through our discolouration strategy we will continue to manage our trunk mains system, routinely conditioning pipelines 
so that discolouration risk is minimised. We continue to flush distribution systems to manage any accumulated material 
while learning about return and regeneration frequencies. We have built centres to train our teams to operate the network 
without causing disruption. The training at the centres will also positively influence leakage and bursts.

168

169

BURSTS38842014PERFORMANCENUMBER OFDISCOLOUREDWATER COMPLAINTSANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

SATISFACTION WITH TASTE AND ODOUR OF TAP WATER (W-B1)

>1405
PENALTY

<903
REWARD

2015
PERFORMANCE 
COMMITMENT

2015
PERFORMANCE

1236 1225

OR BELOW

NUMBER OF TASTE AND
ODOUR COMPLAINTS

NUMBER OF TASTE AND
ODOUR COMPLAINTS

2014
PERFORMANCE

BURSTS1405

NUMBER OF TASTE AND
ODOUR COMPLAINTS

The taste and odour of our tap water is central to our customers’ experience of the service we provide and is considered 
important by our customers. We have undertaken a number of initiatives to improve satisfaction, including improvements 
in treatment and in communication. In 2014 we received 1405 complaints and in 2015 this improved to 1225 complaints. 

We have undertaken research with our customers and with internal service teams to examine their experiences of taste 
and odour issues. This research is not limited to those who have contacted us about taste and odour but is also engaging 
with a wider sample of customers to help us better understand the service we provide and how it can be improved. 

We are now using this research to improve our service by identifying improvements we can make to increase satisfaction 
with the taste and odour of our drinking water. For example, we will look to improve how we explain potential reasons for 
taste and odour issues to our customers, increase the support we provide online and through improved technician visits. 
We hope that these initiatives, amongst others, will reduce the number of contacts we receive from customers who are 
not satisfied with the taste and odour of their tap water, allowing us to do even better than our performance commitment 
in this area of service.

HIGHLIGHTS

PESTICIDES IN WATER 

Some of the pesticides that could potentially reach our raw water abstraction points cannot be treated to levels that would 
pass quality standards. To solve this we work with farmers and other land managers to reduce or stop pesticides entering 
the rivers supplying our treatment works. This is called ‘catchment management’ and includes delivering direct advice 
to farmers and working in partnership with Defra’s Catchment Sensitive Farming initiative. This approach also delivers 
associated benefits for wildlife and fish. 

We had formal agreements (undertakings) with the DWI regarding 11 water treatment works relating to the pesticides 
metaldehyde or clopyralid. These commitments have now been carried forward into revised agreements with DWI for 
another five years. A number of our catchments have also been designated Safeguarded Zones by the Environment 
Agency (EA) and we will be carrying out prioritised activities in these areas to try and minimise risk to source waters. 
This will include bio-bed studies at individual farmyards, where we actively encourage and help farmers to install  
bio-beds and monitor the impact of them. This overall package of work towards pesticide management is recognised  
by the EA as part of its National Environment Programme (NEP).

Our catchment management approach is expected to deliver long term sustainable benefits. However in the short  
term, metaldehyde (slug pellets) continue to represent a big risk to drinking water quality, particularly in the Essex 
region. To help mitigate this impact, we have extended our catchment activities to include proactive abstraction 
management to help protect water resources. 

We employ a fast turnaround method for detection of metaldehyde in raw waters which allows us to avoid significant 
peaks in the pesticide by managing when we take water from the rivers. A decision matrix has been developed 
alongside this work to determine when to take water into storage and so minimise the risk of accumulation within our 
reservoirs. The number of metaldehyde failures has subsequently been reduced from 94 in 2013 to 10 in 2014 to  
1 in 2015. 

MICROBIOLOGICAL PERFORMANCE AT TREATMENT WORKS AND SERVICE RESERVOIRS 

The microbiological performance at our treatment works and service reservoirs is very strong, and in 2015 our 
performance improved with only 8 failures recorded from around 50,000 samples taken during the year. This is our  
best annual performance and represents continual improvement in this area. It is our aim to eliminate failures completely  
and we continue to deliver our robust action plans to work toward this ambitious target. 

TREATMENT WORKS 

The number of treatment works with microbiological failures in the final (treated) water improved in 2015 with only two 
recorded. Inspection and maintenance regimes on our treated water tanks, process units and sample points continues  
to be sustained at an enhanced level to manage the risk of failure. 

We have carried out extensive filter media investigations to determine whether our rapid gravity filters are performing 
optimally, and we are using computational fluid dynamic modelling to help understand the hydraulics in our chlorine 
contact tanks. In addition, we have identified a number of sites which require enhancements to comply with our own 
internal effective disinfection policy, and have agreed schemes with DWI to install Ultra Violet disinfection at a number 
of sites by 2020, as well as pH (acidity) correction and chlorine contact tank modifications to help further improve our 
microbiological performance.

SERVICE RESERVOIRS 

Service reservoir microbiological performance significantly improved in 2015 with every site achieving the required 
95% annual compliance to satisfy drinking water standards. Only six failures were recorded across more than 300 tanks 
within the North East, Essex and Suffolk. This equals our best ever performance and the achievement underlines the 
effectiveness of the enhanced inspection and cleaning regime implemented in 2009, with all service reservoirs now 
inspected on either a one, three or five year frequency.

MEETING THE REVISED STANDARDS FOR LEAD IN DRINKING WATER 

In anticipation of changes to the lead standard, we carried out lead communication pipe replacements in 11 hot spot 
District Meter Areas (DMA) during the period 2010-15 where the risk of lead exposure was deemed to be high. This 
work was captured within an undertaking agreed with DWI and the Inspectorate has formally received evidence of 
scheme completion. 

We continue to see lead as a critical part of our water quality programme and we intend to improve the stability of water 
leaving our treatment works during the period 2015-2020 to ensure lead control measures, such as adding phosphate, 
are fully effective. In addition, we have identified a further three DMA which have shown a high risk of failure to meet the 
lead standard and, therefore, we will have commenced communication pipe replacement schemes in all three. 

We have recruited a lead liaison officer to help facilitate communication with external agencies and customers on lead 
matters and help promote awareness and identify opportunities for lead replacement schemes in our operational areas. 
The purpose of this new role is to focus on vulnerable groups with respect to lead, and so ensure we are fully focused on 
public health. Our integrated package of work for lead has been captured by DWI under a Regulation 28 commitment.

170

171

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

We provide a sewerage service that deals effectively 
with sewage and heavy rainfall

OUR MEASURES OF SUCCESS AND PERFORMANCE COMMITMENTS
Our sewerage system is an essential network of 30,000km of sewer pipes and pumps that lie unseen beneath virtually 
every street and road. The ownership of 13,500km of these pipes was transferred to us in October 2011 and those  
pipes are referred to as transferred drains and sewers (TDS). The remaining 16,500km are known as our public network.

This Outcome has seven measures of success, covering the public and TDS sewerage network, and relating to sewer 
flooding performance as well as network condition.

PROPERTIES FLOODING INTERNALLY (PUBLIC NETWORK) (S-B2)

>426
PENALTY

<186
REWARD

EXCELLENT

2015/2016
PERFORMANCE 
COMMITMENT

2015/2016
PERFORMANCE

262 143

OR BELOW

NUMBER OF PROPERTIES
FLOODED INTERNALLY

NUMBER OF PROPERTIES
FLOODED INTERNALLY

2014/2015
PERFORMANCE

BURSTS226

NUMBER OF PROPERTIES
FLOODED INTERNALLY

We have reduced the number of properties in our area flooded internally from sewers (public network) for all causes,  
but excluding severe weather, from 226 properties in 2014-15 to 143 in 2015-16. This out-performed our PC of 262.

PROPERTIES FLOODING INTERNALLY (TDS NETWORK) (S-B5)

>298
PENALTY

<158
REWARD

EXCELLENT

2015/2016
PERFORMANCE 
COMMITMENT

2015/2016
PERFORMANCE

228 219

OR BELOW

NUMBER OF PROPERTIES
FLOODED INTERNALLY (TDS)

NUMBER OF PROPERTIES
FLOODED INTERNALLY (TDS)

In 2015-16 there was a slight increase in the number of properties flooding internally from our TDS network to 219,  
but within our PC of 228 properties.

PROPERTIES FLOODING EXTERNALLY (PUBLIC NETWORK) (S-B1)

>1507
PENALTY

<1139
REWARD

EXCELLENT

2015/2016
PERFORMANCE 
COMMITMENT

2015/2016
PERFORMANCE

1318 1061

OR BELOW

NUMBER OF PROPERTIES
FLOODED EXTERNALLY

NUMBER OF PROPERTIES
FLOODED EXTERNALLY

We met our PC in 2015-16, improving on the previous year’s performance.

172

173

BURSTS1882014/2015PERFORMANCENUMBER OF PROPERTIESFLOODED INTERNALLY (TDS)BURSTS11702014/2015PERFORMANCENUMBER OF PROPERTIESFLOODED EXTERNALLYANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

PROPERTIES FLOODING EXTERNALLY (TDS NETWORK) (S-B6)

PROPERTIES SUBJECT TO REPEAT FLOODING (WHICH INCLUDES SEVERE WEATHER) (S-B3)

>3381
PENALTY

<2481
REWARD

EXCELLENT

2015/2016
PERFORMANCE 
COMMITMENT

2015/2016
PERFORMANCE

2931 2506

OR BELOW

NUMBER OF PROPERTIES
FLOODED EXTERNALLY (TDS)

NUMBER OF PROPERTIES
FLOODED EXTERNALLY (TDS)

We met our PC in 2015-16, improving on the previous year’s performance.

2014/2015
PERFORMANCE

BURSTS118

NUMBER OF REPEAT
SEWER FLOODING
INCIDENTS

2015/2016
ASSET HEALTH
PERFORMANCE 
COMMITMENT

2015/2016
PERFORMANCE

496 82

OR BELOW

NUMBER OF REPEAT
SEWER FLOODING
INCIDENTS

NUMBER OF REPEAT
SEWER FLOODING
INCIDENTS

The figures above show our annual performance in 2014-15 and 2015-16 for repeat sewer flooding. As this is an Asset 
Health measure, compliance with our PC will be assessed based on three-year average performance at the end of  
2017-18, 2018-19 and 2019-20. Consistent with this approach, Table 3A shows our three-year average performance of 
184 for the period 2013-14 to 2015-16, reflecting performance levels in 2013-14 and 2014-15 before the PC was applied.

We have made improvements in repeat sewer flooding, which includes flooding in severe weather, reducing the number 
to 118 instances in 2014-15 to 82 in 2015-16.

Whilst this improvement in performance is excellent, it is important to note that this is a volatile measure that can be 
influenced in any year by the extent of wet weather and intense storms. However, our work is gradually making our 
sewerage system more resilient to the extremes of weather.

174

175

BURSTS24792014/2015PERFORMANCENUMBER OF PROPERTIESFLOODED EXTERNALLY (TDS)ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

SEWER COLLAPSES (PUBLIC NETWORK) (S-B4)

2014/2015
PERFORMANCE

BURSTS54

NUMBER OF
SEWER COLLAPSES

2015/2016
ASSET HEALTH
PERFORMANCE 
COMMITMENT

2015/2016
PERFORMANCE

58 38

NUMBER OF
SEWER COLLAPSES

OR BELOW
NUMBER OF
SEWER COLLAPSES

The figures above show our annual performance in 2014-15 and 2015-16 for sewer collapses on the public sewer 
network. As this is an Asset Health measure, compliance with our PC will be assessed based on three-year average 
performance at the end of 2017-18, 2018-19 and 2019-20. Consistent with this approach, Table 3A shows our three-year 
average performance of 48 for the period 2013-14 to 2015-16, reflecting performance levels in 2013-14 and 2014-15 
before the PC was applied.

Our sewer collapse performance improved further in 2015-16 and we expect it to continue to be industry-leading when 
results are published in the summer.

SEWER COLLAPSES (TDS NETWORK) (S-B7)

2014/2015
PERFORMANCE

BURSTS74

NUMBER OF
SEWER COLLAPSES (TDS)

2015/2016
PERFORMANCE 
COMMITMENT

2015/2016
PERFORMANCE

84 58

NUMBER OF
SEWER COLLAPSES (TDS)

NUMBER OF
SEWER COLLAPSES (TDS)

In 2015-16 we further improved our sewer collapse performance on our TDS network.

HIGHLIGHTS

MANAGING OUR ASSETS

For the majority of our customers the sewerage service 
that we provide is invisible and not something that they 
need to think about on a daily basis. Good customer 
service is providing this invisible service whilst 
responding quickly and efficiently if issues arise.

Sewer flooding is a significant problem. It can happen 
when rainfall is so heavy that there is more water than 
the sewers are designed to transport and they become 
‘overloaded’. It may also occur when sewers become 
blocked or broken. In either case sewage escapes from 
our network and may find its way into our customers’ 
gardens, homes and business premises. Although there 
are technical differences in the cause of the failure, the 
unpleasant consequence to our customers is the same.

Undoubtedly the worst service failure that our customers 
can experience is sewer flooding. It is unpleasant and 
distressing for customers. When sewage escapes from our 
network it can also have a detrimental effect on 
the environment.

We are wholly responsible for maintaining the 
performance of our sewer network in order to provide 
an effective sewerage service to our current and future 
customers. We also have a responsibility to work with other 
organisations to play our part in resolving wider drainage 
issues, including surface water flooding which can often 
lead to sewer flooding. This is particularly important as 
heavy rainfall is the predominant cause of surface 
water flooding.

INNOVATIVE, SUSTAINABLE SOLUTIONS IN 
LIAISON WITH OUR PARTNERS

Whilst the majority of our improvement works have been 
conventional up-sizing of the network and/or the provision 
of additional storage, during 2015-16 we have continued 
to deliver a number of more innovative and sustainable 
solutions to reduce flood risk. Much of this work has 
been carried out in partnership with other agencies. For 
example, our Sustainable Drainage (SuDs) for Schools 
initiative where we have worked with the Wildfowl 
and Wetlands Trust to introduce sustainable flood risk 
reduction solutions at a number of local schools.

Our industry-leading approach to partnership working 
which led to the formation of the Northumbria Integrated 
Drainage Partnership (NIDP) continues. This partnership 
between our company, all 13 Lead Local Flood Authorities 
(LLFAs) in our region and the EA has developed an agreed 
proactive approach and implemented a regional risk 
based prioritisation methodology to identify integrated 
drainage issues. 

An example of work delivered through the NIDP approach 
is a flood risk reduction scheme at Brunton Park in 
Newcastle, where the innovative solution included the 
diversion of the River Ouseburn. Our approach has 
been recognised and we received an Institute of Water 
(Northern) Innovation Award and won the Utility Week 
Water Industry Achievement Award 2015 in the category 
of ‘Sustainable Drainage and Flood Management’.

COMMUNITY ACTION PLANS

In 2015-16, we have launched our programme of 
Community Action Plans (CAPs). Our aim is to proactively 
deliver flood risk reduction in the most effective manner 
whilst developing community involvement and promoting 
partnership working.

We target local communities (Drainage Areas) to deliver 
innovative and sustainable flood risk reduction. Our 
work includes interventions at customers’ properties to 
carry out surface water audits and deliver very localised 
solutions. For example disconnection of surface water 
drainage and diversion of it to water courses or water 
butts. We also consider innovative methods such as 
landscaping as a flood risk reduction solution.

Wherever possible, we look to deliver sustainable 
solutions, such as those we have already done with 
through our SuDs for Schools initiative. Our proactive 
activity includes sustainable solutions that divert, delay 
and store rain water to reduce the risk of flooding to 
properties that have experience flooding as well as 
delivering flood risk reduction to properties that have not 
experienced flooding. 

176

177

 
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

OPERATIONAL RESPONSE

We have continued to improve our operational processes. 
This has enabled us to greatly improve the service we 
provide to our customers following a sewer flooding 
incident; including accelerating the subsequent 
investigation process and providing property level 
protection measures for customers whilst feasibility studies 
and design work is carried out.

To reduce the risk from blockages, we have increased 
sewer lining (to address tree root intrusion), sewer 
cleansing and sewer inspections. We also use bacillius 
bacteria (fat eating bugs) in some areas of the network 
where we have known fat, oil and grease issues.

LOVE YOUR DRAIN

Our ‘Love Your Drain’ campaign, spearheaded by the 
campaign character, Dwaine Pipe, continues to grow and 
to inform customers about the causes of blockages and 
what can be disposed of down the toilet and sink. Working 
together with our customers has had a real impact on 
reducing the number of unnecessary sewer blockages 
caused by material such as baby wipes, fats, oils and 
grease. In particular, our innovative work with schools and 
food outlets is helping to change customer behaviour. 

We help to improve the quality of rivers and  
coastal water for the benefit of people, the 
environment and wildlife 

OUR MEASURES OF SUCCESS AND PERFORMANCE COMMITMENTS
This Outcome has three measures of success: sewage treatment works discharge compliance; pollution incidents 
(category 3); and bathing water quality compliance.

SEWAGE TREATMENT WORKS DISCHARGE COMPLIANCE (S-C1)

2014
PERFORMANCE

BURSTS1

NUMBER OF SEWAGE
TREATMENT WORKS
DISCHARGE COMPLIANCE
FAILURES

2015
ASSET HEALTH
PERFORMANCE 
COMMITMENT

2015
PERFORMANCE

0 1

NUMBER OF SEWAGE
TREATMENT WORKS
DISCHARGE COMPLIANCE
FAILURES

NUMBER OF SEWAGE
TREATMENT WORKS
DISCHARGE COMPLIANCE
FAILURES

The figures above show our annual performance in 
2014 and 2015 for sewage treatment works discharge 
compliance. As this is an Asset Health measure, 
compliance with our PC will be assessed based on  
three-year average performance at the end of 2017,  
2018 and 2019. Consistent with this approach, Table  
3a shows our three-year average performance of 1  
for the period 2013-15.

Our Sewage Treatment Works (STW) compliance 
performance has been excellent for a number of years.

Each of our significant STWs has a numerical discharge 
consent standard designed by the EA to protect the 
environment. In 2015-16 there were no STWs failing their 
discharge consent against the Upper Tier standard.

We had one site fail against the ‘Look-Up Table’ permit 
conditions in 2015. This was particularly disappointing 
for us as the sample failures were as a result of third party 
action. This was the first fail following a run of 100 per  
cent compliance for seven consecutive years. This 

now places us a close second to the industry-leading 
performance position.

In 2015 the EA’s report on our STW performance 
identified only one failed works for NW. This refers to 
sample exceedances at a site against the look-up table 
for Biological Oxygen Demand in the permit. These 
exceedances were linked directly to third party action 
resulting in the by-pass of a critical treatment process unit. 
All the other STWs successfully complied with the terms  
of their permits for the year. 

We are continuing to improve the way we monitor the 
discharges coming from our STWs, with increased on-line 
instrumentation and early warning trigger management  
so that we can resolve problems before there is an impact 
on the water environment. 

Investment plans during 2015-2020, as agreed with the 
EA in the latest phases of the NEP, will reduce the amount 
of phosphorus being discharged at some of our STWs 
and will allow us to continue our contribution to improving 
river water quality in the north east.

178

179

 
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

POLLUTION INCIDENTS (CATEGORY 3) (S-C2)

BATHING WATER QUALITY COMPLIANCE (S-C3)

2014
PERFORMANCE

BURSTS88

NUMBER OF
POLLUTION INCIDENTS

2015
ASSET HEALTH
PERFORMANCE 
COMMITMENT

2015
PERFORMANCE

115 156

OR BELOW

NUMBER OF
POLLUTION INCIDENTS

NUMBER OF
POLLUTION INCIDENTS

2014
PERFORMANCE

BURSTS33

NUMBER OF BATHING
WATERS CLASSIFIED AS
‘SUFFICIENT’ OR BETTER

<31
PENALTY 

2015
PERFORMANCE 
COMMITMENT

2015
PERFORMANCE

32 33

OR ABOVE

NUMBER OF BATHING
WATERS CLASSIFIED AS
‘SUFFICIENT’ OR BETTER

NUMBER OF BATHING
WATERS CLASSIFIED AS
‘SUFFICIENT’ OR BETTER

The figures above show our annual performance in 2014 
and 2015 for category 3 pollution incidents. As this is an 
Asset Health measure, compliance with our PC will be 
assessed based on three-year average performance at the 
end of 2017, 2018 and 2019. Consistent with this approach, 
Table 3A shows our three-year average performance of 
124 for the period 2013-15.

Pollution incidents (including those from transferred 
drainage services and water-related assets) increased 
from 88 in 2014 to 156 in 2015. This was a result of 
changes in reporting mainly affecting pollution incidents 
recorded from sewage pumping stations. 

We had our best ever self-reporting performance in 2015 
of 82% compared to our previous best of 71% in 2012 and 
55% in 2014. 

Of the 156 category 3 incidents, 4 of these were water 
incidents, all in NW. The number of more serious category 
1 and 2 pollution incidents increased to five in 2015 from 
three in 2014. 

To improve our performance, we continue to invest in 
sewer level monitoring technology and trend analysis to 
aid prediction of where pollution incidents are likely to 
occur and to detect and resolve problems at a warning 
level before they cause an overflow. Over 87% of our 
Combined Sewer Outfalls (CSOs) are now monitored. 

For 332 cases in 2015, operators were alerted and 
attended site to clear a problem before there was 
any overflow. By 2020, we aim to have all of our CSOs 
monitored and to have completed the development of 
a business intelligence system that will improve our 
capability for early notifications of potential problems.

Our work in 2015 also included a significant programme  
of replacement of deteriorating assets. 

In 2015, we reviewed our very successful Water Rangers 
initiative that encourages members of the public to make 
regular observations on a watercourse and alert us to 
any unusual discharge into it. The Water Rangers have 
delivered real benefits via early identification of pollution 
incidents, enabling prompt remedial action and helping 
NWG meet its commitment to protecting and improving 
the environment.

With over 1,600 patrols being recorded since the scheme 
began in December 2014, we are now planning to extend 
this initiative to cover additional areas identified as at 
risk of pollution and also increase the number of Water 
Rangers we have patrolling our vulnerable waterways. 

Our bathing waters are some of the cleanest in the country. 
Last year we had the first classifications for designated 
bathing beaches under the revised Bathing Water 
Directive with 33 of our 34 beaches meeting the tighter 
requirements (Sufficient or better). 30 bathing waters were 
classed as either Good (11) or Excellent (19) with 3 being 
Sufficient. 

We have continued to work to ensure that all of our bathing 
water assets are consistent with the requirements of the 
Bathing Water Directive by investing in improvements and 
undertaking investigations towards all bathing beaches 
being Sufficient or better in our region.

Spittal bathing water at Berwick-upon-Tweed, classified 
as ‘Poor’ under the Bathing Water Directive, was believed 
to be subject to de-designation in 2015 either through 
usage or disproportionate cost. Following a decision in 
summer 2015 by Defra not to de-designate, we conducted 
an investigation. Whilst this bathing water is impacted 
by agricultural diffuse sources from the River Tweed 
catchment, the investigation concluded that Spittal is highly 
likely to return to Sufficient status after the 2016 bathing 
season.  

We will continue to work in partnership with the EA, 
Scottish Environment Protection Agency (SEPA) and 
Northumberland County Council to improve bathing  
water quality at Spittal beach.

We have worked in partnership with the EA and Redcar 
& Cleveland Borough Council towards improving bathing 
water quality at Saltburn. We delivered an improvement 
scheme in the Saltburn catchment meeting our 
commitments under the National Environment Programme 
that was completed in autumn 2015. The bathing water has 
improved from Poor in 2011 to Good in 2015. 

Improvement work was also brought forward at Seaham 
where we made improvements for the Seaham Beach and 
Seaham Hall bathing waters which were completed in 
summer 2015.

We are also carrying out investigations to identify what 
we can do to further improve water quality at nine bathing 
waters towards more Good and Excellent beaches. 

180

181

 
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

HIGHLIGHTS

UPDATE ON CHANGES TO THE 2015-2020 
NATIONAL ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMME  
(NEP) PHASES 4 AND 5 

RIVER QUALITY SCHEMES 

A scheme was included in the 2010-15 NEP investment 
programme to improve the discharge to the watercourse 
from Sedgeletch STW. Further improvements at this works 
was also highlighted as being required during 2015-20 
to reduce the discharge of phosphorous. It was therefore 
agreed with the EA that the schemes are combined, 
carrying out feasibility in 2014-15 to allow construction in 
2015-20. The study confirmed that the standard required 
to make any improvement to the downstream river water 
quality was lower than technically feasible to achieve. 
It was therefore agreed that the standard included in 
the AMP6 NEP would be an annual average of 1 mg/l 
rather than 2 mg/l of phosphorous. This would ensure 
improvement to the river as far as practicable based on a 
technically achievable permit standard. 

The NEP also included three other schemes for the 
removal of phosphorous at Barkershaugh, Chester-
le-Street, and Chilton & Windlestone STWs. The EA 
requested that these schemes be completed early if 
possible. We completed the work for Barkershaugh and 
Chester-le-Street in 2014 and Chilton & Windlestone was 
finished in May 2015.

A number of phosphorus removal schemes are included 
in the 2015-20 (AMP6) NEP with both no deterioration 
drivers (delivery March 2018) and pathway to Good 
improvements schemes (delivery March 2020). Ramshaw 
STW was included as a no deterioration scheme, and was 
then also flagged with a tighter consent as part of pathway 
to Good. In order to avoid abortive investment and to 
implement the best catchment solution, the EA has agreed 
in principle that delivery of a solution at Ramshaw can be 
postponed until the later date of 2020, in order to transfer 
the flows from Ramshaw to Cockfield for a combined 
treatment solution. This will need to be detailed and 
agreed through the formal change protocol process. 

The 2015-2021 (AMP6/early AMP7) phase 5 NEP also 
includes four additional phosphorus removal schemes for 
delivery early in AMP7. 

EVENT DURATION MONITORING 

An assessment in 2015 of all our intermittent discharges 
against the EA’s Risk Based Approach to the Monitoring of 
Storm Discharges resulted in additional requirements for 
the installation of Event Duration Monitoring (EDM) being 
included in NEP Phase 5. 

We have a total of 1,586 intermittent discharges that are 
mainly CSOs in the sewerage network but also include 
CSOs and storm discharges at sewage works, and storm 
discharges at sewage pumping stations. 

Sewer level monitoring fulfils the requirements of EDM 
and a programme to complete the installation at CSOs, 
together with monitoring technology for the other types  
of intermittent discharges, is being developed for delivery 
between 2017 and 2020.

WHITBURN SPILLS REDUCTION 

Work commenced on the feasibility phase of the project 
in November 2015 with our framework suppliers. The 
solutions identified during the feasibility stage are now 
being defined and are an optimised combination of 
existing assets, separation and attenuation of surface 
water from the sewer network and provision of additional 
network capacity. This approach will deliver benefits in 
addition to reducing spill frequency at Whitburn Steel 
Pumping Station and St Peter’s CSO. We have engaged 
with the EA and Defra who support our proposals and 
have recently met with the European Commission to 
discuss them, with positive feedback received. We are also 
working with the City of Sunderland and South Tyneside 
Council to ensure that the benefits of the project 
are maximised.

The work to fully define the solutions is progressing well 
and is scheduled to be completed in May 2016. This 
will be followed by the award of a design and construct 
contract in August 2016. Construction work is scheduled to 
begin in September 2016 with completion by November 
2017, to meet our NEP obligation.

We protect and enhance the environment in 
delivering our services, leading by example

GREENHOUSE GAS EMISSIONS (W-F1 & S-F1)

2014/2015
PERFORMANCE

213.6

BURSTS
KILOTONNES OF
CARBON DIOXIDE
EQUIVALENT (KtC02e)

EXCELLENT

2015/2016
PERFORMANCE 
COMMITMENT

194

OR BELOW

KILOTONNES OF
CARBON DIOXIDE
EQUIVALENT (KtC02e)

2015/2016
PERFORMANCE

225.0

KILOTONNES OF
CARBON DIOXIDE
EQUIVALENT (KtC02e)

The protocol that we use for measuring our emissions is 
based on the Carbon Accounting Workbook developed 
and updated annually by the Water Research Council, on 
behalf of the water industry, and published by UK Water 
Industry Research. This is founded on international and 
DEFRA protocols but includes additions that are specific  
to the water industry.

Our carbon management plan has the aim of reducing our 
GHG emissions by 35% by 2020 against a 2008 baseline.  
We remain ahead of target with emissions down by 27% 
compared to the baseline.

Our total net operational GHG emissions for the year 
ended 31 March 2016 increased to 225.2 ktonnes CO2e 
(31 March 2015: 213.6 ktonnes CO2e). This reflected an 
increase in energy usage of 12% less a 7% reduction in 
the emissions factor applied for grid electricity, partly 
reversing an increase seen in the previous year.

Example demonstrating colour coding for performance bands.

The increase in usage was largely driven by weather 
conditions, with dry weather in our NW region in spring 
and summer 2015 requiring us to carry out more transfers 
of water resources and utilise more energy intensive 
treatment works, whilst high winter rainfall significantly 
increased sewage pumping activity. In addition, our new 
process to transform biogas from AAD into biomethane 
and inject this into the national grid contributes to long 
term sustainability of the UK’s gas supply but, perversely, 
has caused an increase in our emissions reported under 
current rules as the benefit of the gas export is not 
included in the calculation. If the gas export had been 
included, like exported electricity, our emissions would 
have been 217.4 ktonnes CO2e.

182

183

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

In addition to absolute emissions we also monitor the emissions intensity of our operations using three measures, one 
relating to the water service and two for wastewater. As described above, these measures can be volatile depending 
upon levels of rainfall and pumping requirements, therefore we focus on longer term trends.

ANNUAL OPERATIONAL GHG INTENSITY RATIO

2015-16

2014-15

OUR ENABLING AND  
REPUTATION OUTCOMES

Emissions/Ml of water

Emissions/Ml of sewage treated (flow to full treatment)

Emissions/Ml of sewage treated (water distribution input)

Figures in kgCO2e/Ml

239

319

607

246

300

540

ANNUAL ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE AND ACTIVITY (W-F2 & S-F2)

In March 2016 the independent NWGL Corporate Responsibility Action Groups (CRAG) north and south endorsed the 
environmental activity of NWGL for 2015 drawing particular attention to the following:

•   The official opening of Abberton Reservoir by Sir David Attenborough;

•   100% of sewage sludge being used to generate renewable energy;

•   One year of further cleaning the biogas and injecting biomethane into the natural grid;

•   Employee engagement with nature through Nature Watch; and

•   The volunteer army of Water Rangers who monitor water courses.

The CRAGs encouraged NWL to continue its efforts for 2016.

The next report on our environmental, social and economic performance will come from the Water Forums in 2017.

We deliver water and sewerage services that meet 
the needs of current and future generations in a 
changing world (W-A1 & S-A1)

We use the concept of “Asset Health” as an innovative way of monitoring, protecting and incentivising the long-term 
sustainable stewardship of our assets.

To monitor Asset Health we use two groups of MoS – “baskets”, one for water and one for wastewater. 

The MoS in our water Asset Health basket are discoloured water complaints, overall drinking water compliance, 
properties experiencing poor pressure and water mains bursts.

The MoS in our wastewater Asset Health basket are sewage treatment works discharge compliance, pollution incidents, 
sewer collapses and repeat sewer flooding.

As the Asset Health concept is about the long term stewardship of our assets, performance is not assessed annually, but 
on a three-year rolling average basis at each of three assessment points: at the end of 2017-18, 2018-19 and 2019-20. We 
will not assess whether our performance commitments are being met until the first assessment point at the end of 
2017-18.

We aim to meet or exceed our PCs for our Asset Health measures at these assessment points. More detail on our year on 
year performance against these measures can be found earlier in this commentary against each individual measure.

We also have companywide accreditation to ISO55001 for asset management, which demonstrates that we follow best 
practice in the long term management of our assets.

We are an efficient and innovative company

implemented a new operating model in respect of the 
way we interact with our supply chain. This is based on 
four key principles, in line with best practice and the UK 
Government Construction Strategy 2010. These principles 
are: we operate as a well-informed professional client; we 
offer clear visibility of, and commitment to, future workload 
to suppliers; we engage suppliers as early as practicable 
in the delivery process to add value and innovation; and 
we create the right environment for collaboration and co-
operation, incentivising innovation and performance. 

Other supporting principles include the separation of 
planned and reactive work, integration of the design and 
construction process, delivery arrangements suited to 
the complexity and nature of the work, and wide adoption 
of a target cost approach to support joint incentivisation. 
We believe that this will enable us to deliver our business 
outcomes significantly more efficiency than in AMP5.

We were re-assessed against the EFQM excellence model 
in 2015 by a team of independent assessors appointed 
by the British Quality Foundation. The outcome of the 
assessment was an EFQM score of 614, achieving the 
“excellence 600” level. This is a higher standard than  
the five star level of excellence we achieved in 2012,  
which is awarded for achieving a score over 500.

INNOVATION

Innovation – the successful exploitation of new ideas – 
underpins our current performance and is the key to  
our future success.

It is essential for us to innovate in order to improve  
service and environmental performance, maintain our 
large asset base and respond to changes in the  
regulatory and competitive environment, all at a cost  
that our customers can afford.

During the last year we have focused efforts on a 
number of programmes and tools to support our people, 
creating a culture of innovation. We work in partnership 
with universities, research organisations and the wider 
industry to develop and implement leading-edge technical 
solutions, driving the development of, and making best  
use of, technologies and business processes to achieve 
our outcomes.

We have a great track record of applying innovative and 
creative solutions, which is a reflection of the willingness  
of our people and partners to continuously strive for better 
and more efficient ways to deliver our business. 

Examples include:

•   Deployment of our customer portal, to support 

engagement and deliver great customer communication 
for some of our major capital schemes;

•   Exploring opportunities for use of Unmanned Aerial 

Vehicle (UAV, or “drone”) technology for asset 
inspection, reducing cost and health and safety risks;

•   Porcupine, a low cost device for tracing potential 

sources of non-flushable materials in the sewer network;

•   Development of a monitor for air valves on sewer rising 
mains, to identify problems before they result in pipe 
bursts;

•   Working with design students at Northumbria University 
to bring fresh perspectives and generate new ideas to 
address our business challenges; and 

•  Greater use of renewable energy.

To meet the challenges of delivering our AMP6 (Asset 
Management Plan) capital investment programme 
as efficiently and effectively as possible, we have 

184

185

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

WE TOP THE BRITISH WATER SURVEY

For the sixth time in the last seven years NWG has come 
first in the British Water Survey.

 British Water is the trade association for the UK water 
industry supply chain, representing the industry 
collectively, to government, regulators, other institutions, 
customers and the media.

Each year, British Water conducts a survey of water 
company performance that gathers views from the UK 
water industry supply chain (contractors, consultants, 
suppliers) on how the major 12 UK Water and Sewage 
companies perform and compare with each other. Nine 
areas of performance are covered including contract 
procurement, contractual approach, impact on the supply 
chain, professional qualities and communication.

The survey is completed by NWG suppliers, who range 
from framework capital contractors and consultants to 
chemicals suppliers, distribution materials suppliers, IS 
service providers, and maintenance, waste and operational 
contractors. Many of our suppliers also work for other 
water companies and assess their performance as well.

Coming first demonstrates the hard work we’ve put into 
building strong working relationships with our suppliers 
in order to deliver a great service to our customers. This 
is a great result and we’re really proud to have been voted 
number one again.

Our finances are sound, stable and achieve a fair 
balance between customers and investors 

CREDIT RATING

We have retained our credit rating of BBB+ and Baa1.

We are the retailer of choice for business customers 

READINESS FOR RETAIL

NWG continues to develop its retail business in readiness for the opening of the competitive market for retail water  
and sewerage services in April 2017. Recently the business has reached a key milestone in starting user testing the new 
customer billing system that will underpin the core processes of the market. The retail business is also finalising its suite 
of value added services and customer facing communications channels that will support the customer retention and 
acquisition strategies.

ACCOUNT MANAGEMENT

Existing large industrial customers receive an account management service providing a single point of contact for all 
their needs. We collect regular feedback from these customers to ensure that this service is meeting requirements. As 
part of this feedback, net promoter score is measured which currently stands at positive 31. 

186

We are proud to contribute to the success of 
local communities 

JUST AN HOUR

GRASSROOTS SUPPORT

Just an hour is our highly successful employee 
volunteering programme.

We recognised both the need to take our community 
support beyond a pure donation of cash and also 
the wealth of knowledge, skills and expertise of our 
employees. In response we have developed a structured 
programme of employee involvement in the community 
designed to have a positive impact on the wellbeing of our 
local communities, the health of our environment and the 
prosperity of our local economies.

Our Just an Hour programme enables each of our 
employees to spend a minimum of 15 working hours a 
year on volunteering activities allowing them to support 
the causes they care about whilst developing their skills.

Since the launch of Just an Hour in 2002, our employees 
have committed more than 100,000 hours in support of our 
communities. More than half of our workforce are actively 
engaged in the programme, with 53% of our people 
volunteering their time in 2015, giving 16,276 hours to 
support 979 organisations.

KEY PARTNERS

We work with organisations across a broad range of 
sectors – including business, charitable, historical, cultural, 
educational and environmental bodies. We recognise the 
variety of benefits this mix of partnerships can bring.

•   Educational partners - In 2015 we engaged with more 

than 9,000 young people in programmes to support 
their learning, development and readiness for work; 

•   Organisations based on our sites - We are proud to 
host a number of partners on our sites; enabling these 
special places to be enjoyed by the community. In 2015 
we welcomed more than 500,000 visitors to these sites;

•   Memberships - We work with a number of business 
and trade bodies across our region and nationally, 
to support engagement with our customers and on 
significant areas of policy that impact on the wellbeing 
of the areas we serve; and 

•   Cultural, environmental and historic 

memberships - We hold memberships with a 
number or arts, historic and cultural organisations. Our 
memberships support the important work of these 
organisations, particularly their work to enhance the 
quality of life in our local areas.

In addition to our flagship partnerships and key partners, 
we also have supported grassroots community, charitable 
and environmental activity. Four Community Foundations 
hold endowment funds that are used to support a range 
of community and charitable activities across our areas of 
supply.

These are long term investments, with the income from the 
funds being donated, with the advice of the Community 
Foundations, by a committee of our people.

We value the expertise of our partners at the Community 
Foundations in expertly managing these funds, having first 
class knowledge of local needs and helping us direct our 
grants in the most effective way.

In 2015 through our funds at the Community Foundation 
we donated £26,416 to help 27 different organisations. 

BOTTLED TAP WATER

Supplying top quality tap water that is great value for 
money is integral to what we do. We are pleased to provide 
our very own bottled tap water to charities and not for 
profit groups for use at outside events.

Since starting the scheme in 2005, we are proud to 
have more than one million bottles of water to support 
community events. As each bottle contains 500ml this 
means we have given away a massive 500,000 litres or 
6,250 baths over 10 years.

During 2015 our bottled tap water scheme has continued 
to be popular. We donated 85,000 bottles of tap water to 
178 organisations.

BRANCH OUT

Our Branch Out fund helps to deliver projects that benefits 
the natural environment and their local communities.  
A healthy natural environment is essential for us today and 
to ensure we can continue to supply top quality drinking 
water and safely remove wastewater in the future.

Branch Out is about working in partnership to reconnect 
habitats for the benefit of people and wildlife. In 2015 the 
fund has continued to enable number of projects with the 
aim of helping this region build resilience and adapt to the 
changing climate whilst bringing benefits to water, wildlife 
and communities.

In 2015, through Branch Out we supported a variety of 
partners with 21 projects providing close to £80,000 in 
funding. This funding has unlocked a further £891,482  
in match funding for our partners. 

187

 
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

We work in partnership towards common goals 

We are proud to contribute to the success of our local 
communities. In 2015 we continued and extended our 
extensive activities in this area.

Our work in our communities is based on our Partnerships 
Strategy, which gives a clear direction to ensure we are 
focusing our efforts on the things that our customers have 
told us are most important to them.

Our Partnership Strategy puts working with partners to 
deliver common goals at the heart of our community 
activity. Our contribution in 2015 is detailed in our Annual 
Partnership report, which is available on our websites at:

Northumbrian Water 

https://www.nwl.co.uk/your-home/community/
participation-in-our-communities.aspx 

Essex and Suffolk Water

https://www.eswater.co.uk/your-home/participation-
in-our-communities.aspx

We are proud of the long history we have of successfully 
working in partnership with a range of organisations and 
the help this enables us to give our communities and 
the local environment, and 2015 was no exception. We 
continued to ensure that at least 1% of our pre tax profits 
is re-invested in our communities through dedicating 
expertise, employee time, money and facilities. 

PARTNERSHIP HIGHLIGHTS

Our work in this area has contributed to us being listed in 2015 as one of the world’s most ethical companies by 
Ethisphere. This is the 6th consecutive year we have been listed and we remain the only water and sewerage company  
in the world to be included on this prestigious list.

We work with partners across sectors at a range of levels; from ensuring we provide first class effective grassroots 
support to a large number of organisations in our community to a small number of larger strategic flagship partners  
co-delivering with us in line with our vision and values.

Some key examples of our Partnership activity at each of these levels during 2015 is provided on the next page. 

FLAGSHIP PARTNERSHIPS:

STEPCHANGE

The national debt charity, StepChange, is one of our flagship partnerships who complement our vision, our purpose  
and creatively work with us to deliver against our customers’ priorities.

We understand that sometimes life’s ups and downs mean that some customers may find themselves in a difficult 
financial situation. To help provide the best possible customer service at all times, we have teamed up with the national 
debt charity StepChange.

In 2015 more than 2,000 of our customers received advice and support to help manage debt from StepChange. Over  
the last year we continued our core activity with StepChange:

•   Customer teams receiving specialist training from the charity;

•   Directly referring customers to StepChange and giving time for the customer to work with StepChange to achieve  

an action plan and debt solution; and

•  Joint communications to customers.

We continued to expand and develop our activity. We worked with StepChange to design our social tariff, which are 
which we launched in January 2015. The new payment packages are part of our SupportPLUS measures, which we have 
in place to provide customers with a range of extra help. StepChange provide support, advice and access to these new 
support packages.

WATER RANGERS 

Water Rangers is another of our flagship partnerships. Our Water Rangers scheme is an innovative approach to a very 
real problem. Having a dedicated team of volunteers who are our eyes on the ground we are able to quickly respond to 
issues of pollution which benefits the community and the environment by preventing potential pollution incidents. The 
scheme is a new way for NWL to work in partnership with their communities. 

In the Autumn of 2014 we established eight regional teams across the north east of England consisting of volunteers 
from the general public who patrol, on a weekly basis, 32 public access routes along water courses such as rivers, 
streams, lakes, beaches and burns. The selected routes cover highly vulnerable areas within the sewage network and the 
volunteer’s role is to observe and report back on the state of the water courses and NWL assets particularly focusing on 
any potential pollution incidents. 

The total number of patrols recorded for the period from December 2014 to December 2015 now stands at 1,426, with 
105 issues reported via our customer service Centre of Excellence of which 6 have led to self-reports to the 
Environment Agency. 

Due to the reports received from Water Rangers we are able to act promptly to deal with and prevent potentially serious 
pollution incidents. 

188

189

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

Our people are talented, committed and inspired to 
deliver great services to customers

All our employees complete a survey each year, which alternates between an external benchmark – the Sunday Times 
Best Companies survey – and the NWG Employee Survey. In February 2016 employees completed the NWG survey. An 
independent, specialist organisation runs the survey to ensure confidentiality and to enable us to benchmark response 
levels and the engagement and satisfaction index results with other organisations. In 2016, 71% of our employees 
completed the survey giving us good insight into how people feel about working at NWG.

Our Employee survey gives us a good indication of the commitment of our people. 78% of the respondents feel valued 
by their manager, 84% enjoy their job and 81% believe their colleagues go out of their way to support them. Their talent 
and inspiration is demonstrated by the recognition of numerous, diverse range external Awards achieved and from the 
peer nominations for our Viva Awards.

Our workplaces are healthy and safe 

The health and safety (H&S) of our employees and contractors is an ethical responsibility that we take seriously.

During 2015 we stabilised and maintained the improvement in accident performance achieved in 2014. In the latter part 
of 2015 the accident incidence rate for lost time accidents, our headline lagging indicator, dropped to below 400 per 
100,000 years worked for the first time. This places us within the top quartile of water companies.

We are certified under BS OHSAS 18001 Occupational Health and Safety Systems. We changed certification body in 
2015 and our first surveillance assessment under the new arrangement identified few minor non-conformances.

Our 2015 H&S plan of work included the achievement of 43 projects and work streams. One of these was a new approach 
to safeguarding staff who have to work alone. This project has been shortlisted as a finalist in the Water Industry 
Achievement Awards 2016 and the Utility Week Star Awards 2016. Other notable projects involved the hazards of radon 
gas and hand-arm vibration.

Our people act in line with our values 

We are a company that customers trust

We have two schemes encouraging individuals to nominate their colleagues when they demonstrate our values. Almost 
950 ‘Viva Thank You’ cards were sent in 2015, each one acknowledging appreciation for something someone has 
done to demonstrate they act in line with our values. Viva (Vision and Values) nominations are submitted by anyone 
in the business each month to recognise exceptional demonstration of the values, in 2015/16 we have had over 300 
nominations. The most extraordinary individuals and teams are invited to an annual Award Ceremony. Our Employee 
Survey also tells us that 81% of people feel that their colleagues go out of their way to support them; 88% believe they 
are encouraged to report health & safety issues.

We are seen as a great place to work

Our survey tells us that 84% of our people enjoy their job, 77% of them would recommend working here to others, 74% 
are proud to work here and 71% believe NWG is a great place to work even though a significant proportion  
of them were experiencing change which directly impacted them personally.

Each year CCWater asks customers for their views about the services they receive from their water and sewerage 
company and we are proud that for the second year running, that survey has named us as the most trusted water 
company.

It is important that we have robust governance and assurance arrangements in place to ensure that when we publish 
information on our performance it is accurate, clear and transparent. In doing so we aim to continue to build trust and 
confidence with our stakeholders.

Our assurance plan is published in full on our website each year, is based on a well established framework for risk 
management, and has been developed in line with Ofwat’s ‘company monitoring framework’ (published in June 2015) 
which describes how it intends to oversee the information water companies provide to customers over the period 
2015-20.

This is complemented by companywide accreditation to the following standards which have been in place for a number 
of years:

•  ISO 9001 - a quality management system;

•  ISO 14001 - an environmental management system; and

•   OHSAS 18001 - an occupational health & safety management system.

In addition our sampling and laboratory analysis are accredited to the demanding ISO 17025 standard and, from 2015, 
we also have companywide accreditation to ISO 55001 for Asset Management.

190

191

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

SECTION 4: ADDITIONAL 
REGULATORY INFORMATION

4A NON-FINANCIAL INFORMATION  
FOR THE 12 MONTHS ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

RETAIL - HOUSEHOLD 
NUMBER OF HOUSEHOLDS BILLED (‘000)

Water only connections

Wastewater only connections

Water and wastewater connections

Total

TOTAL COMPANY 
2016 

NORTHUMBRIAN WATER  
2016 

 ESSEX & SUFFOLK WATER  
2016

UNMEASURED

MEASURED

UNMEASURED

MEASURED

UNMEASURED

MEASURED

309.7 

33.8 

720.5

1,064.0 

424.1

31.5

341.1 

796.7

6.3

33.8 

720.5

760.6 

5.4 

31.5 

341.1 

378.0 

303.4 

418.7 

-

-

-

-

303.4 

418.7 

Number of void households

80.8

47.9

46.4

17.6 

34.4

30.3 

Per capita consumption (excluding supply pipe leakage) l/h/d

148.3

127.9

158.0

137.3

WHOLESALE VOLUME (ML/D)

Bulk supply export

Bulk supply import

Distribution input

2016 

2016

WATER

WASTEWATER

WATER

WASTEWATER

0.6 

-

666.8 

-

-

-

2.8 

80.1

429.2

-

-

-

192

193

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

4B TOTEX ANALYSIS

4C FORECAST IMPACT OF PERFORMANCE ON RCV

ACTUAL TOTEX

Menu totex

ITEMS EXCLUDED FROM THE MENU

Pension deficit recovery payments

Third party costs

Other adjustments

Total costs excluded from the menu

CURRENT YEAR

WATER WASTEWATER

£’m

£’m

RCV determined at FD

262.8 

168.3

Allowance (Rewards/penalties - ODI)

RCV element of Totex over/(under)spend

Projected ‘shadow’ RCV

2016

£’m

3,869.7

(22.7)

4.5

3,851.5

5.6

13.8

-

19.4

2.8

3.7

-

6.5

Actual totex

282.2

174.8

Actual totex base year prices

266.1

164.9

Allowed totex base year prices

267.0

209.9

WHOLESALE TOTEX RECONCILIATION TO FD

Our aim is to deliver the business outcomes of our wholesale activities as efficiently as possible, whilst maintaining the 
health of our assets and supporting excellent customer service. We are confident that we will outperform the wholesale 
totex allowed in our PR14 Final Determination over the five year price control period, based upon our implementation 
of a new operating model for efficient delivery of our capital investment programme and our ongoing focus on our opex 
efficiency programme.

Wholesale water totex was marginally lower than the allowed totex, by £0.9m. This reflected the benefit of efficient 
delivery of the capital programme, offset by higher than planned opex in the year as a result of dry weather in our NW 
region requiring us to carry out more transfers of water resources and utilise more energy intensive treatment works.

Wholesale wastewater was £45m lower than the allowed totex, again reflecting the capex delivery but also the benefit  
of renewable energy generation, including biomethane injection.

194

195

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

4D TOTEX ANALYSIS: WHOLESALE WATER  
FOR THE 12 MONTHS ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

OPERATING EXPENDITURE

Power

Income treated as negative expenditure

Service charges/ discharge consents

Bulk supply/ Bulk discharge

Other operating expenditure

Local authority rates

Total operating expenditure excluding third party services

Third party services

Total operating expenditure

CAPITAL EXPENDITURE

Maintaining the long term capability of the assets - infra

Maintaining the long term capability of the assets - non-infra

Other capital expenditure - infra

Other capital expenditure - non-infra

Total gross capital expenditure excluding third party services

Third party services

Total gross capital expenditure

Grants and contributions (price control)

Totex

Table continued overleaf

196

WATER RESOURCES

RAW WATER DISTRIBUTION

ABSTRACTION 
LICENCES

RAW WATER 
ABSTRACTION

RAW WATER 
TRANSPORT

RAW WATER 
STORAGE

WATER TREATMENT

TREATED WATER 
DISTRIBUTION

TOTAL

£’m

-

-

21.8

-

-

-

21.8

8.4

30.2

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

30.2

£’m

5.7

-

0.1

2.7

11.8

3.2

23.5

-

23.5

0.9

9.4

0.9

1.0

12.2

-

12.2

-

35.7

£’m

£’m

1.9

-

-

-

0.7

2.2

4.8

3.2

8.0

0.2

0.1

-

-

0.3

-

0.3

-

8.3

-

-

-

-

0.1

-

0.1

-

0.1

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

0.1

£’m

2.0

(0.2)

0.1

-

25.6

3.0

30.5

0.4

30.9

-

37.9

-

1.9

39.8

-

39.8

-

70.7

£’m

10.7

-

-

-

44.6

14.7

70.0

1.8

71.8

23.5

14.4

15.6

0.9

54.4

-

54.4

(11.7)

114.5

£’m

20.3

(0.2)

22.0

2.7

82.8

23.1

150.7

13.8

164.5

24.6

61.8

16.5

3.8

106.7

-

106.7

(11.7)

259.5

197

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

CONTINUED 4D TOTEX ANALYSIS: WHOLESALE WATER  
FOR THE 12 MONTHS ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

CASH EXPENDITURE

Pension deficit recovery payments

Other cash items

Totex including cash items

WATER RESOURCES

RAW WATER DISTRIBUTION

ABSTRACTION 
LICENCES

RAW WATER 
ABSTRACTION

RAW WATER 
TRANSPORT

RAW WATER 
STORAGE

WATER TREATMENT

TREATED WATER 
DISTRIBUTION

-

-

30.2

0.7

2.1

38.5

-

0.1

8.4

-

-

0.1

1.6

4.8

77.1

3.3

10.1

127.9

TOTAL

5.6

17.1

282.2

UNIT COST INFORMATION (OPERATING EXPENDITURE)

Volume (MI)

Unit cost (£/MI)

LICENCED VOLUME 
AVAILABLE

VOLUME 
ABSTRACTED

VOLUME 
TRANSPORTED

AVERAGE VOLUME 
STORED

DISTRIBUTION 
INPUT FROM WATER 
TREATMENT

DISTRIBUTION 
INPUT TREATED 
WATER

751,277

438,076 

285,194 

53,099 

400,040 

400,040 

40.3

53.7

27.8

1.8

77.2 

179.6 

198

199

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

4E TOTEX ANALYSIS: WHOLESALE WASTEWATER  
FOR THE 12 MONTHS ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

OPERATING EXPENDITURE

Power

Income treated as negative expenditure

Service charges/ discharge consents

Bulk supply/ Bulk discharge

Other operating expenditure

Local authority rates

Total operating expenditure excluding third party services

Third party services

Total operating expenditure

CAPITAL EXPENDITURE

Maintaining the long term capability of the assets - infra

Maintaining the long term capability of the assets - non-infra

Other capital expenditure - infra

Other capital expenditure - non-infra

Total gross capital expenditure excluding third party services

Third party services

Total gross capital expenditure

Grants and contributions (price control)

Totex

Table continued overleaf

200

SEWAGE COLLECTION

SEWAGE TREATMENT

SLUDGE

FOUL

SURFACE 
WATER 
DRAINAGE

HIGHWAY 
DRAINAGE

SEWAGE 
TREATMENT 
AND DISPOSAL

IMPORTED 
SLUDGE LIQUOR 
TREATMENT

SLUDGE 
TRANSPORT

SLUDGE 
TREATMENT

SLUDGE 
DISPOSAL

TOTAL

£’m

£’m

£’m

5.3

-

1.1

-

1.7

0.2

8.3

0.3

8.6

5.1

2.1

7.0

0.7

14.9

-

14.9

(1.4)

22.1

-

-

-

-

13.8

-

13.8

0.3

14.1

8.5

3.4

11.7

1.1

24.7

-

24.7

(2.2)

36.6

-

-

-

-

7.6

-

7.6

-

7.6

4.5

1.9

6.3

0.6

13.3

-

13.3

(1.2)

19.7

£’m

8.7

-

1.4

-

17.0

5.2

32.3

3.1

35.4

-

22.7

-

7.8

30.5

-

30.5

-

65.9

£’m

£’m

£’m

£’m

1.1

-

-

-

0.7

-

1.8

-

1.8

-

1.0

-

0.4

1.4

-

1.4

-

3.2

-

-

-

-

5.8

-

5.8

-

5.8

-

0.3

-

-

0.3

-

0.3

6.1

(0.6)

(4.0)

-

-

8.8

1.0

5.2

-

5.2

-

3.3

-

-

3.3

-

3.3

-

8.5

-

-

-

-

1.1

-

1.1

-

1.1

-

0.1

-

-

0.1

-

0.1

-

1.2

£’m

14.5

(4.0)

2.5

-

56.5

6.4

75.9

3.7

79.6

18.1

34.8

25.0

10.6

88.5

-

88.5

(4.8)

163.3

201

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

CONTINUED 4E TOTEX ANALYSIS: WHOLESALE WASTEWATER  
FOR THE 12 MONTHS ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

CASH EXPENDITURE

Pension deficit recovery payments

Other cash items

Totex including cash items

SEWAGE COLLECTION

SEWAGE TREATMENT

SLUDGE

SURFACE 
WATER 
DRAINAGE

HIGHWAY 
DRAINAGE

SEWAGE 
TREATMENT 
AND DISPOSAL

IMPORTED 
SLUDGE LIQUOR 
TREATMENT

SLUDGE 
TRANSPORT

SLUDGE 
TREATMENT

SLUDGE 
DISPOSAL

TOTAL

£’m

0.2

0.5

37.3

£’m

-

-

19.7

£’m

1.3

4.1

71.3

£’m

£’m

£’m

£’m

£’m

-

-

3.2

-

0.1

6.2

0.3

0.8

9.6

-

-

1.2

2.8

8.7

174.8

FOUL

£’m

1.0

3.2

26.3

VOLUME 
COLLECTED 
FOUL

VOLUME 
COLLECTED 
SURFACE 
WATER 
DRAINAGE

VOLUME 
COLLECTED 
HIGHWAY 
DRAINAGE

BIOCHEMICAL 
OXYGEN 
DEMAND (BOD) 
SEWAGE

BIOCHEMICAL 
OXYGEN 
DEMAND (BOD) 
IMPORTED 
SLUDGE LIQUOR

SLUDGE 
VOLUME 
TRANSPORTED

SLUDGE 
TREATMENT 
DRIED SOLID 
MASS TREATED

SLUDGE 
DISPOSAL 
DRIED 
SOLID MASS 
DISPOSED

MI

MI

MI

Tonnes

Tonnes

M3

ttds

ttds

UNIT COST INFORMATION (OPERATING EXPENDITURE)

Volume

£/unit

177,094 

48.2 

79,583 

177.8

42,852 

177.8

68,381 

517.3

3,867 

460.6

776,610 

7.5 

68,175 

76.5

27,304 

40.7

202

203

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

4F OPERATING COST ANALYSIS: HOUSEHOLD RETAIL  
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

OPERATING EXPENDITURE

Customer services

Debt management

Doubtful debts

Meter reading

Other operating expenditure

Total operating expenditure excluding third party services

Depreciation 

Total operating costs excluding third party services

HOUSEHOLD UNMEASURED

HOUSEHOLD MEASURED

WATER ONLY

WASTEWATER 
ONLY

WATER AND 
WASTEWATER

TOTAL

WATER ONLY

WASTEWATER 
ONLY

WATER AND 
WASTEWATER

TOTAL

TOTAL

£’m

£’m

£’m

£’m

1.3 

0.4

3.4

-

0.1

5.2

0.5

5.7

0.2 

0.1

-

-

-

0.3

0.1

0.4

3.0 

1.0

4.5 

1.5

12.3

15.7

-

0.3

16.6

1.0

17.6

-

0.4

22.1

1.6

23.7

£’m

4.4

1.7

2.7

1.2

0.3

10.3

0.7

11.0

£’m

£’m

£’m

£’m

0.3

0.2

-

0.1

-

0.6

-

0.6

3.5

1.3

2.2

0.9

0.3

8.2

0.5

8.7

8.2

3.2

4.9

2.2

0.6

19.1

1.2

20.3

12.7

4.7

20.6

2.2

1.0

41.2

2.8

44.0

OTHER OPERATING EXPENDITURE INCLUDES THE NET RETAIL EXPENDITURE FOR  
THE FOLLOWING RETAIL ACTIVITIES WHICH ARE PART FUNDED BY WHOLESALE:

Demand-side water efficiency - gross expenditure

Demand-side water efficiency - expenditure funded by wholesale

Demand-side water efficiency - net retail expenditure

Customer-side leak repairs - gross expenditure

Customer-side leak repairs - expenditure funded by wholesale

Customer-side leak repairs - net retail expenditure

TOTAL

£’m

1.6

(1.6)

-

2.5

(2.5)

-

204

205

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

4G WHOLESALE CURRENT COST FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE  
FOR THE 12 MONTHS ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

WATER WASTEWATER

TOTAL

UNITS

METRIC

Revenue

Operating expenditure

Capital maintenance charges

Other operating income

Current cost operating profit

Other income

Interest income

Interest expense

Interest expense related to the unwinding  
of discounted liabilities

Profit before tax and fair value movements

Fair value losses on financial instruments

Profit before tax

4H FINANCIAL METRICS 
FOR THE 12 MONTHS ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

Net debt

Regulated equity

Regulated gearing

Post tax return on regulated equity

RORE (return on regulated equity)

Dividend yield

Table continued overleaf

206

£’m

413.1

(164.5)

(122.4)

0.5

126.7 

0.1

0.2

£’m

292.0

(79.6)

(92.7)

(0.2)

119.5 

0.1

0.1

£’m

705.1

(244.1)

(215.1)

0.3

246.2 

0.2

0.3

Retail profit margin - Household

Retail profit margin - Non household

Credit rating

Return on RCV

Dividend cover

Funds from operations (FFO)

Interest cover (cash)

Adjusted interest cover (cash)

FFO/Debt

(59.7)

(58.5)

(118.2)

Effective tax rate

(1.4)

65.9 

(0.7)

65.2

(0.7)

60.5 

(0.7)

59.8 

(2.1)

126.4 

(1.4)

125.0 

Free cash flow (RCF)

RCF/capex

Revenue (actual)

EBITDA (actual)

Proportion of borrowings which are fixed rate

Proportion of borrowings which are floating rate

Proportion of borrowings which are index linked

UNITS

METRIC

Proportion of borrowings due within 1 year or less

Proportion of borrowings due in more than 1 year but no more than 2 years

Proportion of borrowings due in more than 2 years but no more than 5 years

Proportion of borrowings due in more than 5 years but no more than 20 years

Proportion of borrowings due in more than 20 years

£m

£m

%

%

%

%

2,690.8 

1,178.9 

69.5%

18.0%

6.6%

17.0%

%

%

n/a

%

n/a

£m

n/a

n/a

n/a

%

£m

n/a

£m

£m

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

2.7%

1.3%

BBB+/Baa1

8.7%

1.2

357.3

4.3

2.7

0.1

12.6%

157.3

0.8

762.7 

481.2

61.7%

8.4%

29.9%

6.5%

14.9%

4.2%

40.5%

33.9%

207

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPORT

4I FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES 
FOR THE 12 MONTHS ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

DERIVATIVE TYPE:

1 TO 2 YEARS

2 TO 5 YEARS

OVER 5 YEARS

NOMINAL VALUE 
(NET)

MARK TO 
MARKET

TOTAL 
ACCRETION

PAYABLE

RECEIVABLE

NOMINAL VALUE BY MATURITY (NET)

TOTAL VALUE

INTEREST RATE (WEIGHTED AVERAGE)

£’m

£’m

£’m

£’m

%

%

INTEREST RATE SWAP (STERLING)

Floating to/from fixed rate

Fixed to/from index-linked

Total

FORWARD CURRENCY CONTRACTS

Forward currency contracts USD

Total

Total

£’m

10.0

-

10.0

3.2

3.2

£’m

40.0

-

40.0

2.6

2.6

160.0 

150.0 

310.0 

-

-

210.0 

150.0 

360.0 

5.8

5.8

(16.3)

(0.5)

(16.8)

0.1

0.1

13.2

42.6

310.0

365.8

(16.7)

3.05%

RPI-0.42%

0.98%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

- 

0.6

0.6

-

-

0.6

The total mark to market value of financial derivatives in the table above, a net liability of £16.7m, is different to 
the value of financial instruments reported in table 1C, the statement of financial position, of a liability of £31.3m. 
The difference relates to the value of forward power and fuel contracts (£14.5m liability), which are reported in the 
statement of financial position but not in the table above, and the mark to market value of forward currency contracts 
(£0.1m asset), which is not recognised in the statement of financial position on the basis that it is not material in value.

208

209

Northumbrian Water Limited 
Northumbria House 
Abbey Road 
Pity Me 
Durham 
DH1 5FG

www.nwl.co.uk | www.eswater.co.uk | www.welivewater.co.uk